Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2018-2854;2®1g -a8�q 2018 -2854 SECTION 00 5200 AGREEMENT FORM BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (STIPULATED PRICE) THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Columbia Heights ( "Owner ") and Odesa II LLC ("Contractor")- Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 - WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: ARTICLE 2 - THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project, of which the Work under the Contract Documents is a part, is generally described as follows: Keyes Park ARTICLE 3 - ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been designed by ISG, Inc.. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT TIMES 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 4.02 Contract Times: Dates A. The Work will be substantially completed on or before the date selected by the Owner (July 2, 2018), and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions on or before 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed and Milestones not achieved within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner the amount specified in the Schedule of Liquidated Damages below based on the original Contract amount for each day that expires after the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph 4.02.A above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. Schedule of Liquidated Damages Original Contract Amount Liquidated damage charge per calendar day, $ From more than, $ To and including, $ 0 25,000 300 25,000 100,000 400 100,000 500,000 900 500,000 1,000,000 1,200 1,000,000 2,000,000 1,500 2,000,000_ 5,000,000 2,500 5,000,000 10,000,000 3,000 10,000,000 - 3,500 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 00 5200 - Page 1 of 6 4.04 Special Damages A. - In addition to the amount provided for liquidated damages, Contractor shall reimburse Owner (1) for any fines or penalties imposed on Owner as a direct result of the Contractor's failure to attain Substantial Completion according to the Contract Times, and (2) for the actual costs reasonably incurred by Owner for engineering, construction observation, inspection, and administrative services needed after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 for Substantial Completion (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract), until the Work is substantially complete. ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the amounts that follow, subject to adjustment under the Contract: A. For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the extended prices stated in Contractor's Bid (established for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work by multiplying the unit price times the actual quantity of that item), attached hereto by reference. B. The extended prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Contract are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Owner's Representative. ARTICLE 6 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Owner's Representative as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the last day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph B.1.a. below, provided that such Applications for Payment have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the Contract. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided elsewhere in the Contract. 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with the Contract a. 95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If the Work has been 50 percent completed as determined by Owner's Representative, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to Owner and Owner's Representative, then as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to Owner and Owner's Representative, there will be no additional retainage; and b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage). 2. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 100 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts set off by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 15.01.E of the General Conditions, and less 200 percent of Engineer's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Owner's Representative as provided in said Paragraph 15.06. ARTICLE 7 - INTEREST 7.01 All amounts not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 6.00 percent per annum. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 00 5200 - Page 2 of 6 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site, if any, and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, if any, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site - related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, if any, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and (3) Contractor's safety precautions and programs. F. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has given Owner's Representative written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Owner's Representative is acceptable to Contractor. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. J. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 6, inclusive). 2. Performance bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive). 3. Payment bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive). 4. General Conditions (pages 1 to 39, inclusive). 5. Supplementary Conditions (none) 6. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual. 7. Drawings (not attached but incorporated by reference) 8. Addenda (pages 1 to 2, inclusive) 9. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Contractor's Quote (pages 1 to 5, inclusive). b. Notice of Award 10. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 00 5200 - Page 3 of 6 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park b. Work Change Directives. c. Change Orders. d. Field Orders. B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor's Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: 1. corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the quotation process or in the Contract execution; 2. fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Quote or Contract prices at artificial non - competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Quote prices at artificial, non - competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. 10.06 Other Provisions A. Owner stipulates that if the General Conditions that are made a part of this Contract are based on AIA Document A2010 -2007 , American Institute of Architects General Conditions of the Contract for Construction ®, and if Owner is the party that has furnished said General Conditions, then Owner has plainly shown all modifications to the standard wording of such published document to the Contractor, through a process such as highlighting or "track changes" (redline /strikeout), or in the Supplementary Conditions. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 00 5200 - Page 4 of 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. This Agreement will be effective on 3/26/2018(which is the Effective Date of the Contract). OWNER: MOM Jt M-d.-Idd i.AM, � Title: Mayor By: Title: City Manager�jf,1 Attest: CONTRACTOR: Odesa II LLC BY Title: < (if Contractor is a corporation. a partnership, or joint .venture, attach evidence of aut rority to sign.) Attest: � 0, _ vOtrw Title: it,,P !�— Title: Address forgiving notices: City of Columbia Heights 637 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Address forgiving notices: License No (if Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other autr or4, to sign. if Ch,, ner is a public body, attach jurisdictions v here applicabke or required . evidence of authority to sign and resolutton or other documents auMorizing execution of ttris Agreement) Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION 00 5200 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 00 5200 - Page 5 of 6 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park REG.EIVED APR 092018 PUBLIC WORKS Section 00 5200 - Page 6 of 6 0 EJC_DC- ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COWMITTEE PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACTOR (name and address): Odesa II, LLC 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE Sauk Rapids, MN 56379 OWNER (name and address): City of Columbia Heights 637 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SURETY (name and address of principal place of business): Employers Mutual Casualty Company 717 Mulberry Des Moines, IA 50309 Effective Date of the Agreement: March 26, 2018 Amount: $490,821.50 Description (name and location): Keyes Park Site Improvements City of Columbia Heights, MN BOND Bond Number: S439951 Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): April 2, 2018 Amount: $490,821.50 Modifications to this Bond Form: ® None ❑ See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Odesa II, LLC (seal) Contra or's Name and' ❑rporate Seal sy. gnature James Janson Print Name CEO Title I Attest: ��-' J IV-) P---, Signature r— L) Title SURETY Employers Mutual Casualty Company (seal) Surety's Name an Corporate Seal By. �4j- -- -- Signature (attach power o attorney) Christina Gresser Print Name Attorney -In -Fact Title Attest: Signature Agent Title Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C -610, Performance Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Paragraph 3. 1 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and Surety to discuss the Contractor's performance. If the Owner does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Owner's notice, request such a conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held within ten (10) business days of the Surety's receipt of the Owner's notice. If the Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; 3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors; 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default; or 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner, citing the reasons for denial. 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated, without duplication for: 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5; and 7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non - performance of the Contractor. 8. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. EJCDC® C -610, Performance Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Definitions 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 14.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner. and Contractor. 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: EJCDC® C -610, Performance Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 3rd day of April —, 2018 , before me, personally appeared James Janson _ , to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resides in Sauk Rapids, MN , that (s)he is the CEO- R)Dmz kd)mt of Odesa1I,LLC the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that (s)he signed his /her name thereto by like order. (Notarial =(J§)�— FICKER (Notary Signature) Y PUBLIC ESOTA xpires Jan 31, 2020 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 3rd day of April _ 1 201$ , before me, appeared Christina Gresser , to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that (s)he is the aforesaid officer or attorney in fact of the Employers Mutual Casualty Company _ , a corporation;that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by the aforesaid officer, by authority of its Board of Directors; and the afoesaid officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation. ( 1- ea ANITA M FICKE NOTARY PUBLIC MINNESOTA y ml'sio" Ems JOn 31.2020 (Notary Signature) /EMC No. C 18918 INSURANCE P.O. Box 712 • Des Moines, IA 50306 -0712 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that: 1. Employers Mutual Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 2. EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 3. Union Insurance Company of Providence, an Iowa Corporation 4. Illinois EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 5. Dakota Fire Insurance Company, a North Dakota Corporation 6. EMC Property & Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 7. Hamilton Mutual Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation hereinafter referred to severally as "Company" and collectively as "Companies ", each does, by these presents, make, constitute and appoint: MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER, KANDACE J. NELLES, JERI M. FREDERICK, TONY D. BECKER, CAROL A. WEBER, NATHAN WEAVER, JENNIFER L. LORANG its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, with full power and authority conferred to sign, seal, and execute its lawful bonds, undertakings, and other obligatory instruments of a similar nature as follows: In an amount not exceeding Twenty Five Million Dollars ............................................................................................. ............................... .................$25,000,000.00 and to bind each Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of each such Company, and all of the acts of said attorney pursuant to the authority hereby given are hereby ratified and confirmed. AUTHORITY FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY This Power -of- Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by the authority of the following resolution of the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies at a regularly scheduled meeting of each company duly called and held in 1999: RESOLVED: The President and Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall have power and authority to (1) appoint attomeys -in -fact and authorize them to execute on behalf of each Company and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and (2) to remove any such attomey -in -fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to him or her. Attomeys -in -fact shall have power and authority, subject to the terms and limitations of the power -of- attorney issued to them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company, and to attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such attomey -in -fact shall be fully and in all respects binding upon the Company. Certification as to the validity of any power -of- attorney authorized herein made by an officer of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall be fully and in all respects binding upon this Company. The facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of such officer, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power -of- attomey of the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Companies have caused these presents to be signed for each by their officers as shown, and the Corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 19th day of DECEMBER 2017 La I A& Seals r aloe G. Kelley, alrman Todd Strother of Companies 2, 3, 4, 5 & ; President Vice President _:+ a SEAL 1863 0 :a; 1953 = <- KATW LOMIDW Girl y co r8ari� tls October 10, 29 �Nc`� „r r E'g3' ZL -fir SEAL SEAL; :: SEAL.pr _ �T1t '�errnES.'N 1(5WA ,�," oaf° T p f hbt� UT �{r. y �% a m KATW LOMIDW Girl y co r8ari� tls October 10, 29 �Nc`� of Company 1; Vice Chairman and CEO of Company 7 On this 19th day of DECEMBER AD 2017 before me a Notary Public in and for the State of Iowa, personally appeared Bruce G. Kelley and Todd Strother, who, being by me duly swom, did say that they are, and are known to me to be the Chairman, President, Vice Chairman and CEO, and/or Vice President, respectively, of each of The Companies above; that the seals affixed to this instrument are the seals of said corporations; that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of each of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors; and that the said Bruce G. Kelley and Todd Strather, as such officers, acknowledged the execution of said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of each of the Companies. My Commission Expires October 10, 2019. 461--W ol� Notary P Etc in and for the State of I a CERTIFICATE I, James D. Clough, Vice President of the Companies, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Boards of Directors by each of the Companies, and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto on DECEMBER 19, 2017 on behalf of MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER, KANDACE J. NELLES, JERI M. FREDERICK, TONY D. BECKER, CAROL A. WEBER, NATHAN WEAVER, JENNIFER L. LORANG are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. In Testimony Whereof I have subscribed ny name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 3 rd day of April 2018. ice President V 17 E_JCDC= ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE CONTRACTOR (name and address): Odesa II, LLC 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE Sauk Rapids, MN 56379 PAYMENT BOND SURETY (name and address of principal place of business): Employers Mutual Casualty Company 717 Mulberry Des Moines, IA 50309 City of Columbia Heights OWNER (name and address): 637 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: March 26, 2018 Amount: $490,821.50 Description (name and location): Keyes Park Site Improvements City of Columbia Heights, MN BOND Bond Number:S439951 Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): April 3, 2018 Amount: $490,821.50 Modifications to this Bond Form: ® None ❑ See Paragraph 18 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Odesa II, LLC (seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal By: c /Y Signature James Janson Print Name CEO Title Attest:�� �lc6t_s� Signature Y CFv Title Title SURETY Employers Mutual Casualty Company (seal) Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature (attach pow r of attorney) Christina Gresser Print Name Attorney -In -Fact Title AAM Attest: -Q Signature Agent Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C -615, Payment Bond Copyright © 2033 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. 2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against the Owner or the Owner's property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien, or suit. S. The Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: 6. If a notice of non - payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of non - payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. 8. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney's fees provided under Paragraph 7.3, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, 9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance 5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, payment to the Contractor, stating with under any construction performance bond. By the substantial accuracy the amount claimed Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, and the name of the party to whom the they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the materials were, or equipment was, performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated furnished or supplied or for whom the to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under labor was done or performed, within this Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds ninety (90) days after having last for the completion of the work. performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the 10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or Claim; and others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be 5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any address described in Paragraph 13). Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to or give notice on 5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct behalf of Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to Claimants under this Bond. the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. EJCDC® C -615, Payment Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment the state in which the project that is the subject of the furnished as of the date of the Claim. Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a 16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or contract with the Contractor or with a (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished materials, or equipment for use in the performance by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph also includes any individual or entity that has are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable limitation available to sureties as a defense in the mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without 13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the limitation in the terms of "labor, materials, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address equipment" that part of the water, gas, power, shown on the page on which their signature appears. light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, rental equipment used in the Construction shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the 14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, statutory or other legal requirement in the location where and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may the construction was to be performed, any provision in be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal materials, or equipment were furnished. requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal 16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed page, including all Contract Documents and all as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 16. Definitions 16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: 1. The name of the Claimant; 2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; 3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials, or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; 5. The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 7. The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and 16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 18. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: EJCDC® C -615, Payment Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 3rd day personally appeared of April , 2018 , before me, James Janson , to me known, who being by me duly sworn, aia in Sauk Rapids, MN that Odesa II, LLC v depose and say that (s)he resides (s)he is the CEO- i x kd)=t of the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that (s)he signed his /her name thereto by like order. ANIT my M FICKER NOTARY PUBLIC LPL (Nota • Y (Notary Signature) `• MINNESOTA I Commission Expires Jan, 31, 2020 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF STEARNS On the 3rd day of April F 2018 , before me, appeared Christina Gresser , to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that (s)he is the aforesaid officer or attorney in fact of the Employers Mutual Casualty Company _ _, a corporation;that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by the aforesaid officer, by authority of its Board of Directors; and the afoesaid officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation. ANITA M FICKER NOTARY PUBLIC ` (Not MINNESOTA (Notary Signature) Nly Commission Expires Jan, $1, 2020 AVEMIC.No. C18917 INSURANCE P.O. Box 712 • Des Moines, IA 50306 -0712 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that: 1. Employers Mutual Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 2. EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 3. Union Insurance Company of Providence, an Iowa Corporation 4. Illinois EMCASCO Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation 5. Dakota Fire Insurance Company, a North Dakota Corporation 6. EMC Property & Casualty Company, an Iowa Corporation 7. Hamilton Mutual Insurance Company, an Iowa Corporation hereinafter referred to severally as "Company" and collectively as "Companies ", each does, by these presents, make, constitute and appoint: MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. FICKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER, KANDACE J. NELLES, JERI M. FREDERICK, TONY D. BECKER, CAROL A. WEBER, NATHAN WEAVER, JENNIFER L. LORANG its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, with full power and authority conferred to sign, seal, and execute its lawful bonds, undertakings, and other obligatory instruments of a similar nature as follows: In an amount not exceeding Twenty Five Million Dollars ............................................................................................. ............................... .................$25,000,000.00 and to bind each Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of each such Company, and all of the acts of said attorney pursuant to the authority hereby given are hereby ratified and confirmed. AUTHORITY FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY This Power- of- Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by the authority of the following resolution of the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies at a regularly scheduled meeting of each company duly called and held in 1999: RESOLVED: The President and Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer and the Secretary of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall have power and authority to (1) appoint attomeys -in -fact and authorize them to execute on behalf of each Company and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; and (2) to remove any such attomey -in -fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to him or her. Attomeys -in -fact shall have power and authority, subject to the terms and limitations of the power -of- attorney issued to them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company, and to attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such attomey -in -fact shall be fully and in all respects binding upon the Company. Certification as to the validity of any power -of- attorney authorized herein made by an officer of Employers Mutual Casualty Company shall be fully and in all respects binding upon this Company. The facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of such officer, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power-of-attorney of the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS THEREOF, 19th day of Seals �p wsur��� • pN�BNT} =a: SEAL SEAL- * +awn the Companies have caused these presents to be signed for each by their officers as shown, and the Corporate seals to be hereto affixed this DECEMBER 2017 d race G. Kelley, airman Todd Strother G� LOMPgry�4,x .. ","s of Companies 2, 3, 4, 5 & Kresident Vice President ;�,F•4', %0. °�: : a °_ °.'o "�,�;r of Company 1; Vice Chairman and -1863 ' S = � 1953 ' K = CEO of Company 7 IOWA -'r- ;g J, s�r+anz SEAL i y= SEAL n �'RheiilaKOSP . • ', °s,�'NraES.vcJS�A pyit3T ' vT KATHY LAMIME rn f?annUsslon N=W 7+d 69 a My Commission Fame ^� October 10, 2049 � ryts, On this 19th day of DECEMBER AD 2017 before me a Notary Public in and for the State of Iowa, personally appeared Brute — Kelley and Todd Strother, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are, and are known to me to be the Chairman, President, Vice Chairman and CEO, ardor Vice President, respectively, of each of The Companies above; thatthe seals affixed to this instrument are the seals of said corporations; that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of each of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors; and that the said Bruce G. Kelley and Todd Strother, as such officers, acknowledged the execution of said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of each of the Companies. My Commission Expires October 10, 2019. �` ! +�U 1L1�_IL�Ld Notary Pi lic in and for the State of I a CERTIFICATE I, James D. Clough, Vice President of the Corpanies, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution of the Boards of Directors by each of the Companies, and this Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto on _ DECEMBER 19, 2017 on behalf of MARK A. GRESSER, ANITA M. F!CKER, STACEY GOHL, CHRISTINA GRESSER, KANDACE J. NELLES, JERI M. FREDERICK, TONY D. BECKER, CAROL A. WEBER, NATHAN WEAVER, JENNIFER L. LORANG are true and correct and are still in full force and effect. In Testimony Whereof I Have subscribed my name and affixed the facsimile seal of each Company this 3 1: d day of A li-i 1 9 01 8 Vice President A °? CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) 3/22/2018 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PROpUCER °aen ncT Melissa Anderson Arthur J. Gallagher Risk Management Services, Inc. PHONE 320 258 9379 FAX 4 — 13th Ave N. _Wc• NO' �` 'Waite Park MN 56387 � AIL K. s. melissa_andersonONg,com INSURED Odesa II, LLC 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE Sauk Rapids MN 56379 ODESIIL -01 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE I NAIC # A:EMC Insurance Companies 1.21415 C: E: n. Iffrnnrcc ncnrtrele+nre rurullo3cn. AQ5QQA9nA DGtIICliniv NI lhAl;tI:P- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. iNSR TYPE OF INSURANCE NS V POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM1DD/YYYY PO ICY EXP MMIDDJYYYY LIMITS A COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE a OCCUR X CG7174,3 1013 5DB4432 4/1/2018 4/1/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 PREMISES Eau=urrenca $300,000 MED EXP (An one person) $15,000 X CG7578 0617 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: ------ POLICY l ., l PECOT- F7 LOC OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $2,000,000 p A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO OWNED X SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED X NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY X CA74501115 5ES4432 4/1/2018 411/2019 OMB/ ED $1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ P�ERF41StiRDiG Per acckfent $ $ A X UMBRELLA LIAB X] OCCUR EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE DED X RETENTION $10.000 5JB4432 4/1/2018 4/1/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000 AGGREGATE $2,000,000 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER /EXECUTIVE Y� OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? Y (Mandatory in NH) If Yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A 5H84432 4/1/2018 41112019 X STATUTE. OTH E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $500,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $500,000 i $500.000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT A LeaselRent Equip 7 5C84432 I 4/1/2018 4/1/2019 UR Limit $210,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Columbia Heights 637 38th ve NE Columbia Heights MN 55421 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 787313 -ZU15 AGUKD (:UKNUKAI IUIV. All rlgnts reservea. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 01 -2821 2 of 2 SECTION 00 7200 GENERAL CONDITIONS FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.01 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS CONTRACT ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 2007 Edition, is the General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor. B. The General Conditions applicable to this contract are attached following this page. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF DOCUMENT 00 7200 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 00 7200 - Page 1 of 2 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 00 7200 - Page 2 of 2 � i'° Document A201 TM -2007 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) Keyes Park Site Improvements - Columbia Heights, MN Columbia Heights, MN ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its THE OWNER: completion. The author may also (Name, legal status and address) have revised the text of the original City of Columbia Heights AIA standard form An Additions and 637 38th Avenue NE Deletions Report that notes added Columbia Heights, MN 55421 information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available THE ARCHITECT: from the author and should be (Name, legal status and address) reviewed A vertical line in the left I +S Group, Inc. margin of this document indicates 7900 International Drive, Suite 550 where the author has added Minneapolis, MN 55425 necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted TABLE OF ARTICLES from the original AIA text. This document has important legal 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect 2 OWNER to its completion or modification. 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright Q 1911, 1915, 1918. 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1965, 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Instilute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A1A8 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 1 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to t the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07125/2017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) INDEX (Topics and numbers in bold are section headings.) Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5, 10.2.8, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1, 15.2 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Costs, Claims for 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 6.1.1, 7.3.7.5, 10.3, 1 5.1.4 Additional Inspections and Testing 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Insured 11.1.4 Additional Time, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.5 Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13 Allowances 3.8, 7.3.8 All -risk Insurance 11.3.1, 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.10, 11.1.3 Approvals 2.1.1, 2.2.2, 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.12. 10, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.5.1 Arbitration 8.3.1, 11.3.10, 13.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 ARCHITECT 4 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.7, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.7, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.3, 9.6.4, 15.1.3, 15.2 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Architect's Decisions 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 15.2, 15.3 Architect's Inspections 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Instructions 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5, 15.2 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect's Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.3.1 Attorneys' Fees 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1, 6.1.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Binding Dispute Resolution 9.7, 11.3.9, 11.3.10, 13.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien 7.3.7.4, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Bonds, Performance, and Payment 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 AIA Document A201 T" —2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09101/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215916425) Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization 1.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 Certificates for Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.3 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1. 1. 1, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.6, 7.3.9, 7.3. 10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 103.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2, 15.1.3 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK 2.2.1, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.3.9 Claims, Definition of 15.1.1 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.4.1 Claims for Additional Cost 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 7.3.9, 10.3.2, 15.1.4 Claims for Additional Time 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for 3.7.4 Claims for Damages 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Claims Subject to Arbitration 15.3.1, 15.4.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4. 1, 15.1.4 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1, 4.2.4 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9. 1, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 Compliance with Laws 1.6, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11. 1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14. 1. 1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 6.1.1, 6.1.4 Consent, Written 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9. 1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.3.1, 13.2, 13.4.2,15.4.4.2 Consolidation or Joinder 15.4.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives 1. 1. 1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Continuing Contract Performance 15.1.3 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 5.4.1.1, 11.3.9, 14 Contract Administration 3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.5.2, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Sum 3.7.4, 3.8, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4, 15.2.5 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5.1, 15.2.5 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 Init. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyrighl 01911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1965, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING. This AWA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 3 reproduction or distribution of this A$Ar' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penatties, and will be prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 14 -53.16 on 07!2512017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09/0112017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1,11.3.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.5, 15.1.2, 15.2.1 Contractor's Representations 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2,3.18,5.3,6.1.3,6.2,9.5.1, 10.2.8 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 3.2 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1, 15.1.6 Contractor's Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.4, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.2 Contractor's Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 7.3.7, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.8, 11.2 Coordination and Correlation 1.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.11 Copyrights 1.5, 3.17 Correction of Work 2.3, 2.4, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2 Cost, Definition of 7.3.7 Costs 2.4, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.3, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.5 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2,6.2.4,10 .2.1.2,10.2.5,10.4,11.1.1,11.3, 12.2.4 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 11.3.1, 12.2.4 Damages, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 15.2, 6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Definitions 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1, 3.5,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 15.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 3.2, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Disputes 6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 3.11 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.4 Employees, Contractor's 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Init. AIA Document A2011M —2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951 ' lma. 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA6 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 4 reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. ` User Notes: (1215916425) Equipment, Labor, Materials or 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15. 1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 8.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.3 Extensions of Time 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Failure of Payment 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3.1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Hazardous Materials 10.2.4, 10.3 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Initial Decision 15.2 Initial Decision Maker, Definition of 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 10.2.8, 10.4 Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.5.2 Instruments of Service, Definition of 1.1.7 Insurance 3.18.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,5.1,6.1.2, 15. 1.1 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 15.1.4 Judgment on Final Award 15.4.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 9.9. 1, 10.2.2, 11.1.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Liens 2.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 Limitations, Statutes of 12.2.5, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Limitations of Liability 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.10, 3.17, 3.18.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.1.2, 11.2, 11.3.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 Limitations of Time 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1.5, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved, WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 5 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to 1 the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07125/2017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) Material Suppliers 1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.6, 9.10.5 Materials, Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.5.1, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Mechanic's Lien 2.1.2, 15.2.8 Mediation 8.3.1, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1 Minor Changes in the Work 1. 1. 1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1. 1.2, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Notice 2.2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.12.9, 5.2.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice, Written 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 9.7, 9. 10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice of Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.4 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Observations, Contractor's 3.2, 3.7.4 Occupancy 2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.3.1.5 Orders, Written 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Owner's Authority 1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.10, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.2.2, 3.11, 3.17, 4.2.12, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.1.5 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.5 Patents 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.8.5, 9. 10. 1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9. 10. 1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 12.3, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4 Payments, Progress 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 AIA Document A201 TM —2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved, WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to / the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.3.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.7.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Progress Payments 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 Project, Definition of 1.1.4 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1. 5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 9.9. 1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Rejection of Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens 9.10.2 Representations 3.2.1, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5. 1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5. 1, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12 Rights and Remedies 1. 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6. 1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14, 15.4 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 3.17 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 15.4.1 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2, 10.4 Safety Precautions and Programs 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1. 1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect's 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of 1.1.6 Specifications 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 Statute of Limitations 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Stopping the Work 2.3, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Init. AIA Document A2011M —2007. Copyright Q 1911, 1915. 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951. 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1870, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties, Unauthorized 7 reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to 1 the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/2512017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09101/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 Submittal Schedule 3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.7 Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8 Sub - subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 3.7.4 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.7, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Surety 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Surety, Consent of 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 5.4.2, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.7.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination of the Architect 4. 1.33 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Time Limits 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15.1.2, 15.4 Time Limits on Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 13.7, 15.1.2 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 Transmission of Data in Digital Form 1.6 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Unit Prices 7.3.3.2, 7.3.4 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.5, 13.4.2, 15.1.6 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2, 9.10.4 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.7 Warranty 3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 13.7 Weather Delays 15.1.5.2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1. 5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 AIA Document A2011M —2007. Copyright car 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1975, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 8 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) Written Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4.1 Written Orders 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.2 AIA Document A2017m — 2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A10 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 9 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will he prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53716 on 07125f2017 under Order No, 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS § 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor's bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements. § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub - subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. § 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by separate contractors. § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials. § 1.1.8 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2. § 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Init. AIA Document A2017" — 2007. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1,937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 10 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to / the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well -known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.3 CAPITALIZATION Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4 INTERPRETATION In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' reserved rights. § 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. § 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM If the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form, they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmissions, unless otherwise already provided in the Agreement or the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 GENERAL § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. § 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor may request in writing that the Owner provide reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Thereafter, the Contractor may only request such evidence if (1) the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum; or (3) the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due. The Owner shall furnish such evidence as a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work or AIA Document A201 TM —2007, CapynghtO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by the American Init. Inslitule of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AtA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties, Unauthorized 11 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion or it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to ! the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAlA software at 14:53:16 on 07/2512017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) the portion of the Work affected by a material change. After the Owner furnishes the evidence, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. § 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. § 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.2.4 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. § 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. § 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. § 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten -day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 GENERAL § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. AIA Document A20111 — 2007. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1926. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 2 reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 7953173813 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities. § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner - required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other AIA Document A201"— 2047. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and lntemadonal Treaties. Unauthorized 13 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173013_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Architect in accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.6 TAXES The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. § 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall as_ sume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation, that party may proceed as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume AIA Document A20111 — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 14 reproduction or distribution of this Alk" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. § 3.8 ALLOWANCES § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 Whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) that the Architect requires additional time to review. Failure of the Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. § 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. § 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. /nit. AIA Document A201'"' — 2007. Copyright Q 1911, 1915. 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIO document is protected by U.S, Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 15 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14.53:16 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173813�1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be Init. AIA Document A2011" —2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1975. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The Amencm Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized s reproduction or distribution of this A140 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to J the maximum extent possible under the law, This document was produced by AIA software at 14.53;16 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09101!2017, and is not for resale — User Notes: (1215916425) required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents. § 3.13 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 CLEANING UP § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. AIA Document A201 TM —2007, Gopyright C 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1981, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2907 by The Amencan Init. Inslitute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AtAe Document is protected by US. Copyright Law and International Treatises. Unauthorized 17 reproduction or distribution of this Me Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penatties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAIA software at 14:53:16 on 07!25!2017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) § 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 GENERAL § 4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a successor architect as to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.1. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. Init. AIA Document A201'"' — 2067. Copyrighl Q 1911, 1915, 1918, 10 25, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 8 reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to t the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale, User Notes: (1215918425) § 4.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 19 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09101/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 DEFINITIONS § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. § 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub - subcontractor. § 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) that the Architect requires additional time for review. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14 -day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub - subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may Init. AIA Document A2011^ - 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951. 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A10 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 20 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to / the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. - User Notes: (1215918425) be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. § 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. § 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. § 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that Init. AIA Document A201 TM —2007. Copyrighl 0 1911. 1915, 11918. 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958„ 1961, 1953, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 21 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to r the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07125=17 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 0910112017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor's delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 GENERAL § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or AIA Document A201 W — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 22 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to 1 the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/2512017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) .4 As provided in Section 7.3.7. § 7.3.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 7.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. § 7.3.7 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .5 Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect's professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK The Architect has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. AIA Document A201 Tm —2007. Copyright iD 1911. 1915. 1916, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1983, 1966, 1970. 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The Amenean Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 23 reproduction or distribution of this Me Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to l the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/2512017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/0112017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 DEFINITIONS § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner; or by changes ordered in the Work; or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control; or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration; or by other causes that the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before the first Application for Payment, a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A20111 - 2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 24 reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to 1 the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/2512017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale - User Notes: (1215918425) § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; Init. AIA Document A20111 —2007. Copyright Q 1911, 1915, 1916, 1925, 1.937, 1951. 1956, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 25 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byAiA software at 1453:16 on 0712512017 under Order No 7953173613_1 which expires on 09101/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215916425) .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a separate contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 repeated failure to cant' out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.3 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment. § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding AIA Document A2011" —2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1966. 1970, 1978, 1987. 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: Thls AIO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 26 reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byA1A software at 14:53:16 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09101!2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215916425) dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961. 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 27 reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on -site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors; and Init. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright .5 1911, 1915, 1916, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1956, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 28 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to / the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531736131 which expires on 09/0112017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215916425) .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.8 INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be /nit. AIA Document AM- — 2007. Copyright G 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 29 reproduction or distribution of this AIO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will he prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14 :53:18 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut -down, delay and start -up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. § 10.3.6 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. § 10.4 EMERGENCIES In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Init. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects, All rights reserved. WARNING: This AiO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 30 reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent ,possible under the law. This document was produced byAIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor's completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. § 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1) the Owner, the Architect and the Architect's consultants as additional insureds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's operations; and (2) the Owner as an additional insured for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's completed operations. § 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. § 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE § 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all- risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Project. § 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all- risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. § 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. § 11.3.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. AIA Document A2011M —2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1916, 1925, 1837, 1951, 1958. 1961, 1953, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 31 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to J the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (121591 8425) § 11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. § 11.3.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. § 11.3.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. § 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11.3.8 A loss insured under the Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. AtA Document A20110 — 2007. Copyright + 01911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1581, 1963, 1966. 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A10 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 32 reproduction or distribution of this AIAt° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent passible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:5316 on 07125/2017 under Order No.7953173913 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. § 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of binding dispute resolution in the Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with insurers or, in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds, in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. § 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, such costs and the cost of correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one -year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct AIA Document A201 r —2007. Copyright Q 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1951, 1963, 1985, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. nstitute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright. Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 33 reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced byA[A sofiware al 14:53:16 on 0712512017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale, User Notes: (1215918425) nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. § 12.2.2.2 The one -year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one -year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one -year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity, or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended; or if delivered at, or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to, the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Instilute of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 34 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to 1 the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No.7953173813 1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. § 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS - Tests by Owner - see Section 014000 Quality Requirements (Paragiwphs deleted) § 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less. § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14. 1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, including reasonable overhead and profit, costs incurred by reason of such termination, and damages. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3: § 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987. 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A10 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 35 reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to / the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 CLAIMS § 15.1.1 DEFINITION A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. AIA Document A201 T^' — 2007. Copyright m 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 36 reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to r the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215916425) § 15.1.2 NOTICE OF CLAIMS Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. § 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. § 15.1.4 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME § 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 15.1.6 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.6 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 15.2 INITIAL DECISION § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.9, and 11.3.10, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. /nit. AIA Document A201*" — 2007. Copyright (D 1914, 1915, 1918, 1925. 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Al a Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized 37 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal perlafties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 0712512017 under Order NO 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. § 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of an initial decision, demand in writing that the other party file for mediation within 60 days of the initial decision. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within the time required, then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. § 15.3 MEDIATION § 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10.5, and 15.1.6 shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. § 15.3.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4 ARBITRATION § 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation shall be subject to arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Init. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Instilute of Archileets. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 38 reproduction or distribution of this AIA- Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to r the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 07/25/2017 under Order No 79531738131 which expires on 09101/2017, and is not for resale User Notes: (1215918425) Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. § 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 CONSOLIDATION OR JOINDER § 15.4.4.1 Either party, at its sole discretion, may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Either party, at its sole discretion, may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1956, 1961„ 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987. 1997 and 2007 by The Amencan Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This MAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 39 reproduction or distribution of this AI0 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to f the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 14:53:16 on 0712512017 under Order No 7953173813_1 which expires on 09/01/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215918425) SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: 20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park B. Owner's Name: City of Columbia Heights, C. Architect/Engineer's Name: ISG. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 5200 - Agreement Form. 1.03 SEE SECTION 310000 GENERAL SITE WORK REQUIREMENTS FOR MORE SUMMARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROJECT. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 1000 - Page 1 of 2 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 1000 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Price and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes. E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices: Monetary values of unit prices, payment and modification procedures relating to unit prices. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Form to be used: AIA G703. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit draft to Architect/Engineer for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner - Contractor Agreement. E. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization. F. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. G. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. Form to be used: AIA G702 AND G703. C. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Owner for approval. D. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. E. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Scheduled Values. 4. Previous Applications. 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. I. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. J. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 2000 - Page 1 of 4 2. Project record documents as specified in Section 01 7800, for review by Owner which will be returned to the Contractor. K. When the Owner requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to the Contract Documents. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, Owner will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. For other required changes, Owner will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Owner] to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D. For changes for which advance pricing is desired,the Owner will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect /Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1. For change requested by the Owner for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by the Owner. 3. For pre- determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by the Owner without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by the Owner based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. G. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide the following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. H. Execution of Change Orders:the Owner will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 2000 - Page 2 of 4 After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. J. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub - schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Price, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION 01 2000 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 2000 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 2000 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Progress meetings. C. Construction progress schedule. D. Submittals in general. E. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. F. Number of copies of submittals. G. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. B. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. 1.03 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Project Coordinator: General Contractor. B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site; for field offices and sheds, for employee access, traffic, and parking facilities. C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator. D. Comply with Project Coordinator's procedures for intra - project communications; submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution of ambiguities and conflicts. E. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. F. Coordinate field engineering and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator. G. Make the following types of submittals to the Owner through the Project Coordinator: 1. Requests for interpretation. 2. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 3. Test and inspection reports. 4. Design data. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 6. Applications for payment and change order requests. 7. Progress schedules. 8. Coordination drawings. 9. Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. 10. Closeout submittals. PART 2 EXECUTION 2.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. The Owner or Architect/Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: 1. Owner. 2. Contractor. C. Note: The following agenda items are not intended to be the final or a complete list of the items that will be discussed. A complete agenda will be distributed at the preconstruction meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner - Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 01 3000 - Page 1 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Owner and Architect/Engineer. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. 8. Shop drawings submittal, review times, and overall process. 9. Open for comments; attendees are encouraged to bring other topics or concerns up for discussion at this time. E. The Owner will record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with copies to the Contractor, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 2.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Owner will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum bi- weekly intervals. B. Attendance Required: 1. Contractor. 2. Owner. 3. Contractor's Superintendent. 4. Major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 11. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 12. Other business relating to Work. D. The Owner will record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with copies to the Contractor, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. E. Contractor will give weekly construction updates to property owners detailing construction scheduling, operations, access, and topics requested by the Owner. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 7 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the Work. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 5 days. C. Within 7 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. D. Within 5 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 2.04 SUBMITTALS IN GENERAL A. All submittals shall be submitted to the Owner through the Project Coordinator -No exceptions. B. PDFs by e-mail is the preferred method; coordinate with Owner's representative. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 3000 - Page 2 of 4 1. Refer to "Requirements for Electronically Submitted Shop Drawings" attached to this section. C. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. D. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. E. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. F. By submitting submittals, the General Contractor represents to the Owner that General Contractor has: 1. Reviewed and approved them. 2. Determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so. 3. Checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work of the Contract Documents. G. Submittals that do not appear to be reviewed and approved will be returned to the General Contractor without the Owner's review. Time delays for this breach in procedure will be at the sole expense of the General Contractor. H. All shop drawings shall be submitted no later than 30 days after execution of the contract. 2.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to The Owner for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 2.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. 2.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 3000 - Page 3 of 4 5. Other types as indicated. D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. E. Refer to Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals. 2.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Shop Drawing Procedures: 1. Prepare accurate, drawn -to- scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract Documents and coordinating related Work. 2. Generic, non - project specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings. B. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form. C. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. D. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. G. For each submittal for review, allow 10 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. I. Provide space for Contractor and Owner to review stamps. J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. K. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 3000 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. References and standards. C. Testing and inspection agencies and services. D. Control of installation. E. Tolerances. F. Manufacturers' field services. G. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions: Inspections and approvals required by public authorities. B. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. C. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. General: As indicated in individual specification sections. C. Design Data: Submit for Owner's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. D. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit 2 copies of report to Owner and to Contractor. 1. Include: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of test/inspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Results of test/inspection. j. Conformance with Contract Documents. k. When requested by Owner, provide interpretation of results. 2. Test report submittals are for Owner's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. E. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation /application subcontractor to the Owner, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to the Owner. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the Owner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 4000 - Page 1 of 4 G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for the Owner's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. 1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to the Owner for information. 2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. H. Erection Drawings: Submit drawings for the Owner's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 2. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by the Owner. 1.05 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Owner before proceeding. F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Owner shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform other specified testing and inspection. 1. Where indicated in individual specification sections the Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspection. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Owner before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 4000 - Page 2 of 4 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Owner before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing and inspection required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with the Owner and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify the Owner and Contractor of observed irregularities or non - conformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by the Owner. 7. Submit reports of all tests /inspections specified. C. Limits on Testing /Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested /inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested /inspected. c. To facilitate tests /inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify the Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing /inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re- testing required because of non - conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by the Owner. F. Re- testing required because of non - conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 4000 - Page 3 of 4 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 4000 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary sanitary facilities. C. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. D. Security requirements. E. Vehicular access and parking. F. Waste removal facilities and services. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide and pay for electrical power, lighting, and water required for construction purposes. B. Provide and pay for telephone service required for construction purposes. C. Provide and pay for natural gas or liquid propane required for construction purposes. D. Coordinate requirements and cost for usage of municipal water supply for construction purposes directly with applicable jurisdiction. 1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.04 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants. C. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.05 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. 1.06 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. E. Designated existing on -site roads may be used for construction traffic. F. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. 1.08 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 01 5000 - Page 1 of 2 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 1.09 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. D. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 5000 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Base specified /scheduled products and design intent. E. Inconsistencies. F. Substitutions in general. G. Substitution limitations and procedures. H. Procedures for Owner - supplied products. I. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals. B. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall assure the Owner that all new equipment and materials are asbestos free. The Contractor, subcontractors, and material suppliers are required to provide letters of non - asbestos confirmation with supporting documentation prior to material installations. The Owner may select materials to test for asbestos at any time including prior to and /or after installation. If suspect asbestos materials are tested and found to contain asbestos, the materials shall be abated in accordance with asbestos regulations by an Owner approved consultant and abatement contractor. New asbestos free products shall be re- installed by the contractor supplying such material. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all new materials. If asbestos is found in the new materials, the cost for asbestos design, on -site monitoring, abatement, and replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Owner will collect and pay for the testing of any random suspect asbestos samples. C. DO NOT USE products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. D. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and /or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. 4. Have a published GreenScreen Chemical Hazard Analysis. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. D. Products that do not meet project specifications may be rejected at any time during the project. E. Cost associated with replacement product and delay in project schedule due to rejection shall be at sole expense of Contractor. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 6000 - Page 1 of 4 2.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BASE SPECIFIED /SCHEDULED PRODUCTS AND DESIGN INTENT A. Certain specification sections will indicate a base manufacturer and will then list other acceptable manufacturers. Similarly, certain specification sections will list multiple acceptable manufacturers but only one of the manufacturers will be scheduled on a plan sheet. In these scenarios, the designer has designed the system with considerations for the base manufacturer or the product scheduled on the plan sheet. It is the responsibility of all bidders, contractors, suppliers to ensure that when bidding using an acceptable manufacturer other than the base manufacturer or the scheduled manufacturer that the design intent is met. Providing a product by an acceptable manufacturer other than the base specified or scheduled manufacturer constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated supplied product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the base specified /scheduled product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the supplied product as for the base specified /scheduled product. 3. As a result of differences between the base specified /scheduled product and the other acceptable manufacturers will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect/Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities. 6. Will maintain dimensions, locations, clearances, accesses and other design intent shown on the plan or otherwise provided by the base specified /scheduled product. 3.02 INCONSISTENCIES A. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and /or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and /or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the Owner's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 3.03 SUBSTITUTIONS IN GENERAL A. Proposed substitutions are required to be equivalent in all aspects to the specified products including but not limited to appearance, quality, and performance. B. When specified in individual sections actual samples shall be provided a minimum of 7 days prior to the bid due date for the Owners review and approval before products other than those scheduled or specified with be accepted; No Exceptions. 3.04 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered up to 7 days before receipt of bids. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 1. The substantiating data shall provide a side by side comparison consisting of sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products. C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 6000 - Page 2 of 4 5. Agrees to reimburse Owner and Architect/Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities. D. Provide complete information on required changes to other Work to accommodate each proposed substitution. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. When a request to substitute a product is made, the Owner may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known bidders. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure 1. Transmit each substitution request with the Substitution Request cover letter attached to this specification section. 2. PDFs by e-mail is the preferred method; coordinate with the Owner's representative. Only submit paper copies where necessary as follows: a. Submit five copies of request for substitution for consideration. 3. The submitter shall prepare a single PDF file when submitting by e-mail so that all sheets of a submittal are included in one document. Only ONE major product per submittal is permitted. Each PDF shall contain Bookmarks set to the destination of separate item contained within the file. If the submitter elects to use their own transmittal sheet it shall be a separate attachment. a. Scans shall be in color, pages shall be oriented correctly, actual sheet sizes for the submittal shall be 11x17 or 8 1/2x11 whenever possible, and all content must be legible. 4. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 5. Multiple proposed substitutions submitted on one form will only be considered when products are directly related. Major products and components should be listed first. 6. Submit shop drawings, product data, certified test results, etc. attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 7. The Owner will reply with a decision to accept or reject request in a timely manner. H. Substitution Submittal Procedure (after contract award): 1. Requests for Substitutions received after Bid Opening will not be considered except in such cases where it is necessary to make a substitution due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of a product, and similar circumstances. Such Requests for Substitution of materials after Contract Award shall be made in writing to the Architect and shall be made within ten (10) days of the date that the Contractor ascertains they cannot obtain the material or equipment specified. 2. Requests for Substitution will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Product Data submittals without a separate previously submitted Request for Substitution Form, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of the Contract Documents. 3. The Owner will be the judge of the acceptability of all Requests for Substitution received after Bid Opening. 3.05 OWNER- SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 6000 - Page 3 of 4 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. G. Load and transport bulk materials with potential for contamination by means of equipment which is clean and in proper condition, and methods to prevent contamination. H. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. I. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Obtain Owner approval of location contemplated for storage of equipment or materials prior to placing such on Owner's properties. B. Promptly relocate stored equipment or materials on Owner's properties upon request should any occasion a rise necessitating access to site. C. Designate receiving /storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. D. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. E. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. F. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. G. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. H. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants. I. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. J. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. K. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well- drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. L. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. M. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. N. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 6000 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01 6000 -- ATTACHMENT SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS Architects Project No: 17 -20363 Date: Project Name: Keyes Park - Columbia Heights, MN Specification Section Manufacturer Specified Proposed Manufacturer .................u.... e.J .a I— -- ... I I-- ­U ail QJJWW114011W1 .ICUIIUII WI ICIC clpylI1..CUlt�. Vendor /Supplier Name: Address: Contact: Telephone: _ Reason for Substitution: E -Mail: Fax: Does Specification Allow for Substitutions of Proposers Items? Yes: _ No: Will the Substitution Provide Cost Savings to the Owner? Yes: — No: Are Proposed Substitutions Equivalent/Superior to those Specified? Yes: _ No: Did you provided marked -up product information showing side by side comparisons for both the specified products and proposed products? Yes: _ No: 1, , accept responsibility for coordination of proposed substitution and accept all additional costs resulting from the incorporation of proposed substitution into the Project. (Proposers Signature Required) For Architect's Use: ....................................... Comments: Accepted: Not Accepted: No Action Required: Submission: Incomplete: Too Late: Reviewed By: Date: SECTION 01 7000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Access panels required by trade. C. Pre - installation meetings. D. Cutting and patching. E. Surveying for laying out the work. F. Cleaning and protection. G. Starting of systems and equipment. H. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. I. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures. J. General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, Electronic document submittal service. B. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures. C. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents. 3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For construction surveying, employ ISG; Contact Amanda Prosser; Phone: 1- 952 - 426 -0699. 1. Scope: Curb & Gutter /Edge of Bituminous Staking; Watermain and Storm Sewer Staking; Other Miscellaneous Staking; And additional Field Crew Coordination requirements. Refer to proposal for additional information. 2. Bidding: Obtain proposal from ISG and include the amount in base bid. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. C. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow. 3. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7000 - Page 1 of 4 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate completion and clean -up of work of separate sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over - ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 2.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Owner four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect /Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 2.03 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify the Owner of any discrepancies discovered. C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to the Owner of loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to the Owner. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. H. Periodically verify layouts by same means. I. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 2.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 01 7000 - Page 2 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 2.05 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash /rubbish from site periodically and dispose off -site; do not burn or bury. 2.06 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. E. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 2.07 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The intent of final cleaning is to provide the Owner with a product that is free of all dust, dirt, and debris related to the Work, and in a like new condition. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. D. Wipe clean all painted surfaces. E. Clean debris from gutters, area drains, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash /rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner. 2.08 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to the Owner. B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. C. Notify the Owner when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion inspection. D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Substantial Completion inspection. E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Owner's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to the Owner. F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner - occupied areas. G. Notify the Owner when work is considered finally complete and ready for Final inspection. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7000 - Page 3 of 4 H. Complete items of work determined by the Owner listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion. 2.09 MAINTENANCE A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections. B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever is longer. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7000 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 01 7113 MOBILIZATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparatory Work and operations, including movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project to establish Contractor's offices and buildings or other facilities. This Work may also include obtaining bonds, permits, and demobilizing. 1.02 PAYMENT A. Unit Price Bid 1. Measurement and Payment: a. Measurement shall be on a LUMP SUM unit price basis. Payment at unit price bid shall include all Work indicated in the Contract Documents. b. Partial payments for mobilization shall be in accordance with the following table: Mobilization Partial Payments When Pay Lesser of these Two Amounts Percent of Original Contract Amount Percent of Percent of Original Completed' Mobilization ContractAmount 5 50 3 15 75 5 25 100 5 95 100 - * The percent of Original Contract Amount =the amount earned by the Contractor, excluding money earned for mobilization and material on hand, divided by the total value of the original contract (all contract items) If the contract unit price for mobilization exceeds 5 percent of the total original contract amount, the Owner may withhold (on any partial estimate) the portion in excess of 5 percent until the Contractor earns at least 95 percent of the original contract amount- c. Payment for more than the original contract unit price for mobilization will not be made, even if Contractor shuts down work on the Project or moves equipment away from the Project and then back again. d. If the Contract Documents do not contain a lump sum item for mobilization, all costs incurred by Contractor for mobilization shall be incidental to the Project and no claim for compensation or extra work will be accepted.. e. Dewatering and Street Sweeping within and around the project site are incidental to the Mobilization item. Refer to section 31 2319 - Dewatering. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2021 - Mobilization. B. 31 2319 Dewatering PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7113 - Page 1 of 2 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7113 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 01 7800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to the Owner with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Preliminary Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit preliminary draft of proposed format and outline of contents in a PDF format before start of Work. The Owner will review draft and return with comments. C. Final Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit final manual and electronic copies with claim for final Application for Payment. The Owner will retain one electronic copy. The original manual and one electronic copy will be provided to the Owner. 1. At the option of the Owner provide only an electronic copy in PDF format. D. Warranties and Bonds: Include originals and electronic copy of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. The Owner will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Owners comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. F. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7800 - Page 1 of 4 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. 2. Information for re- ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections. D. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break -in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7800 - Page 2 of 4 D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. F. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. I. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. J. Include test and balancing reports. K. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections. B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for each system. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8 -1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 280 mm) three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch (50 mm) maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project, identify subject matter of contents. E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Arch itect/Engineer, Consultants, Contractorand subcontractors, with names of responsible parties. F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on the divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified. G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. J. Arrangement of Contents: Organize each volume in parts as follows: 1. Project Directory. 2. Table of Contents, of all volumes, and of this volume. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Arranged by system, then by product category. a. Source data. b. Product data, shop drawings, and other submittals. c. Operation and maintenance data. d. Field quality control data. e. Original warranties and bonds. K. Electronic Copy: Provide two copies of all operation and maintenance data in a PDF format on compact disk. Locate storage devices in the front of the operation and maintenance manual. Label device with project name and substantial completion date. 3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial Completion is determined. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7800 - Page 3 of 4 B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co- execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Include originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 01 7800 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 12 9300 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The site amenities listed below shall be furnished and installed by the contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for complete installation of site amenities in accordance with both the construction documents and manufacturer's specifications (supplied by manufactures local representative and approved by Owner's Representative prior to construction). Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, equipment, concrete, and miscellaneous expenses associated with installation of the site amenities. B. All site amenities listed below shall not be substituted without Owner and Owner's Representative approval of alternate manufacturer and product line. Any request for such a substitution must be in writing and made at not less than seven days prior to bid opening date. The requests must be self - explanatory with all product line, technical drawings and manufacturer information supplied for review by the Owner and Owner's Representative Requests for substitutions for this equipment subsequent to this date will not be considered. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards -Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers specifications and descriptive literature, installation instructions, and maintenance information. 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturer's warranty against defects in materials or workmanship for ductile iron castings for a period of 10 years from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SITE AMENITIES A. The following is a list of the products to be furnished and installed by the contractor for installation 1. Bench shall be Wabash Valley Contemporary Series 6' Bench with back, round perforated, surface mount, with dark bronze color powder coat finish for all pieces, mounting plate, and covers. Or Approved Equal Manufacturer: Wabash Valley Local Representative: Christopher Johnsen, St. Croix Recreation 225 2nd Street North Stillwater, Minnesota 55082 Ph: 800 - 525 -5914 cj@stcroixrec.com 2. Trash and Rec yclinq Receptacles shall be Wabash Valley Urbanscape "E" Style 32 gallon receptacle with liner, round perforated and solid dome lid (recycle bonnet lid for recycle receptacle), surface mount, with texture bronze color powder coat finish for both can and lid. Or Approved Equal Manufacturer: Wabash Valley Local Representative: Christopher Johnsen, St. Croix Recreation 225 2nd Street North Stillwater, Minnesota 55082 Ph: 800 - 525 -5914 cj @stcroixrec.com 3. Spectator Bleacher shall be National Recreation Systems 3 -row Standard Model Bleacher, Model #NB- 0315ASTD, 15' long with anodized aluminum seat planks. Or Approved Equal. Manufacturer: National Recreation Systems Local Representative: Eric Denning, Minnesota - Wisconsin Playground Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 12 9300 - Page 1 of 4 5101 Olson Memorial Hwy #6000 Minneapolis, MN 55427 Ph: 1- 800 - 622 -5425 eric@mnwiplay.com or Local Representative: Christopher Johnsen, St. Croix Recreation 225 2nd Street North Stillwater, Minnesota 55082 Ph: 800 - 525 -5914 cj @stcroixrec.com 4. Player Bench shall be National Recreation Systems Surface Mount bench with Back, Model #PH, 15' long with galvanized steel legs and aluminum seat and back. Or Approved Equal. Manufacturer: National Recreation Systems Local Representative: Eric Denning, Minnesota - Wisconsin Playground 5101 Olson Memorial Hwy #6000 Minneapolis, MN 55427 Ph: 1- 800 - 622 -5425 eric @mnwiplay.com or Local Representative: Christopher Johnsen, St. Croix Recreation 225 2nd Street North Stillwater, Minnesota 55082 Ph: 800 - 525 -5914 cj @stcroixrec.com 5. Bicycle Rack shall be Wabash Valley Serpentine Bike Rack, surface mount, with dark bronze color powder coat finish. Or Approved Equal Manufacturer: Wabash Valley Local Representative: Christopher Johnsen, St. Croix Recreation 225 2nd Street North Stillwater, Minnesota 55082 Ph: 800 - 525 -5914 cj @stcroixrec.com 6. Drinking Fountain shall be Most Dependable Fountains, Model 440 SM, with optional stainless steel surface carrier and recessed hose bibb and lock door. Color shall be black powder coat finish. Or Approved Equal Manufacturer: Most Dependable Fountains, Inc. Local Representative: Christopher Johnsen, St. Croix Recreation 225 2nd Street North Stillwater, Minnesota 55082 Ph: 800 - 525 -5914 cj @stcroixrec.com PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that mounting surfaces, preinstalled anchor bolts, or other mounting devices are properly installed; and ready to receive site furnishing items. B. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install site furnishings in accordance with approved shop drawings, and manufacturers installation instructions. B. Provide level mounting surfaces for site furnishing items. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 12 9300 - Page 2 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park C. Locations of all site furnishings to be field verified by Owner's Representative prior to installation. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 12 9300 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 12 9300 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 26 0010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 26 Sections, in addition to Division 01 - General Requirements. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED: A. The Electrical Contract shall include all work under the listed Sections of the Specifications Index and all related Electrical work as shown on the Drawings for the project. B. The Electrical contractor is responsible for own equipment, such as cranes, lifts, etc. in order to provide a complete installation of Electrical systems. C. Coordinate utility service outages and reconnections with Utility Company and Owner. D. Repair of all damage done to the premises as a result of the installation and removal of all debris or surplus material left by those engaged in the work. E. All new outside lighting, including wiring, timers, photocells, switches and circuit breakers. 1.03 SPECIFICATIONS COMPLIANCE A. The requirements of these specifications shall be complied with in every respect. Therefore, it shall be absolutely mandatory that the job foreman, all lead electricians, subcontractors and their foreman have completely studied these specifications, be completely knowledgeable as to their entire contents, and maintain a copy at the job -site. Failure to comply with this requirement will be reason to presume the electrician or subcontractor is not in responsible charge of his work due to ignorance of job requirements, and will be reason for the owner to require dismissal and replacement with approved personnel. Every foreman and lead mechanic shall be provided with a complete copy of this specification. 1.04 INCONSISTENCIES A. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and /or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and /or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the Owner's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 1.05 CODES, FEES AND LATERAL COSTS: A. The Electrical Installation shall meet all applicable local, state and federal codes and standards. All permits necessary for a complete electrical installation shall be paid for by this Contractor. B. Except in those municipalities which provide state - approved electrical inspection, all installation of electrical equipment wiring shall be inspected by the State Board of Electricity. Allowance shall be made in the bid and contract for the cost of such inspection. C. Fees for such inspection will be charged in accordance with the rules and regulations of the State Board of Electricity. Evidence of payment of fees shall be provided by the Contractor with his Request for Payment. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform to requirements of ANSI /NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or other testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. 1.07 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit under provisions of Division 01. B. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. C. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. 1.08 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS: A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0010 - Page 1 of 2 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1. 1.10 PRE - CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION AND VERIFICATION: A. This Contractor shall coordinate his work with other Contractors on this job. Any conflict which cannot be resolved shall be settled by the Owner. B. Field verification of scale dimensions on plans is directed since actual locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. C. Discrepancies shown on different plans or between plans and actual field conditions or between plans and specifications shall promptly be brought to the attention of the Owner for a decision. D. The Contractor shall consider and review the complete set of documents, etc., Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, etc., (Drawings and Specifications) as his complete set. He will be responsible for any and all electrical work shown or stated (to be by him), to include this work in his bid and install such items even though they are not specifically shown or stated on the Electrical section of the plans and specifications. E. The drawings are indicative of the work to be installed, but do not show all bends, fittings, boxes and specialties required to complete the installation. F. All conduits, wires, outlets boxes, switches, receptacles, devices and fixtures shall be included in the work. G. Where it is stated that the contractor shall "provide" a device or piece of equipment, it shall mean that such a device or equipments are finished and installed. 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. The Electrical Contractor shall set all sleeves in construction for his work. B. Where cutting is required, it shall be done by this Contractor. C. All patching shall be done by the Electrical Contractor. D. All conduit and outlet installations and cutting of any kind must be done with great care so as not to leave unsightly surfaces which may not be entirely concealed by plates, escutcheons or their normal concealing construction, if such unsightly conditions occur, Contractor will be required, at his own expense, to replace the damaged construction. 1.12 GUARANTEE: A. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper installation and working of everything in this contract and shall guarantee to remedy free of charge any defects in workmanship and materials that may appear to give or gives rise to trouble of any kind for a period of one year from date of final substantial completion. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0010 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 26 0519 LOW- VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Single conductor building wire. B. Wiring connectors. C. Electrical tape. D. Heat shrink tubing. E. Wire pulling lubricant. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for grounding conductors and grounding connectors. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2013. B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric - Lay- Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft; 2011. C. ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin - Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes; 2010 (Reapproved 2014). D. ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay- Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved 2014). E. ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low- Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure - Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape; 2010. F. ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi - Conducting and Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes; 2013. G. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2010. H. NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy; 2009. I. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems; 2013. J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. K. UL 44 - Thermoset - Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. L. UL 83 - Thermoplastic - Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. M. UL 486A -486B - Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. N. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O. UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 3. Notify Owner of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0519 - Page 1 of 6 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Design Data: Indicate voltage drop and ampacity calculations for aluminum conductors substituted for copper conductors. Include proposed modifications to raceways, boxes, wiring gutters, enclosures, etc. to accommodate substituted conductors. C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic - insulated conductors at temperatures lower than 14 degrees F ( -10 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions. When installation below this temperature is unavoidable, notify Owner and obtain direction before proceeding with work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted, or required. C. Nonmetallic- sheathed cable is not permitted. D. Underground feeder and branch - circuit cable is not permitted. E. Service entrance cable is not permitted. F. Armored cable is not permitted. G. Metal -clad cable is not permitted. 2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system. D. Comply with NEMA WC 70. E. Thermoplastic - Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83. F. Thermoset - Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44. G. Conductor Material: 1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. 2. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM 13787/13787M unless otherwise indicated. 3. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33. H. Minimum Conductor Size: 1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG. a. Exceptions: 1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet (23 m): 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet (46 m): 8 AWG, for voltage drop. 3) 20 A, 277 V circuits longer than 150 feet (46 m): 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2. Control Circuits: 14 AWG. I. Conductor Color Coding: 1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0519 - Page 2 of 6 2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation. a. Conductors size 4 AWG and larger may have black insulation color coded using vinyl color coding electrical tape. 3. Color Code: a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System: 1) Phase A: Brown. 2) Phase B: Orange. 3) Phase C: Yellow. 4) Neutral /Grounded: Gray. b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. 4) Neutral /Grounded: White. c. 240/120 V, 1 Phase, 3 Wire System: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Neutral /Grounded: White. d. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green. e. For modifications or additions to existing wiring systems, comply with existing color code when existing code complies with NFPA 70 and is approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2.03 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor Stranding: 1. Feeders and Branch Circuits: a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Stranded. b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. D. Insulation: 1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN -2, except as indicated below. a. Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type XHHW -2. b. Installed Underground: Type XHHW -2. 2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A -486B or UL 486C as applicable. B. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: 1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist -on insulated spring connectors. 2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors. C. Twist -on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 500 V, 221 degrees F (105 degrees C) for standard applications and 302 degrees F (150 degrees C) for high temperature applications; pre -filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations. D. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set -screw type. E. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration. 2.05 WIRING ACCESSORIES A. Electrical Tape: 1. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil (0.18 mm), resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F ( -18 degrees C) and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F (105 degrees C). 2. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil (0.76 mm); suitable for continuous Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0519 - Page 3 of 6 temperature environment up to 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) and short -term 266 degrees F (130 degrees C) overload service. 3. Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber -based insulating moldable putty, minimum thickness of 125 mil (3.2 mm); suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 176 degrees F (80 degrees C). 4. Moisture Sealing Electrical Tape: Insulating mastic compound laminated to flexible, all- weather vinyl backing; minimum thickness of 90 mil (2.3 mm). B. Heat Shrink Tubing: Heavy -wall, split- resistant, with factory- applied adhesive; rated 600 V; suitable for direct burial applications; listed as complying with UL 486D. C. Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. B. Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Circuiting Requirements: 1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When circuit destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing required. 3. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices. 4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft (3.0 m) of location shown. 5. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are shown as separate, combining them together in a single raceway is permitted, under the following conditions: a. Provide no more than six current - carrying conductors in a single raceway. Dedicated neutral conductors are considered current - carrying conductors. b. Increase size of conductors as required to account for ampacity derating. c. Size raceways, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors. 6. Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral /grounded conductors among single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral /grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit. B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install conductors and cable in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. D. Installation in Raceway: 1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. 2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. 3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure. 4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer. E. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0519 - Page 4 of 6 F. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment enclosures. G. Group or otherwise identify neutral /grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70. H. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. 1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters. 2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. 3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion, oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces. 5. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 6. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. I. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced conductors. 1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing. a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape. 2. Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing. a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape. b. For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape. 3. Wet Locations: Use heat shrink tubing. J. Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape. K. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0519 - Page 5 of 6 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0519 - Page 6 of 6 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding and bonding requirements. B. Conductors for grounding and bonding. C. Connectors for grounding and bonding. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0519 - LOW- VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: Additional requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding. B. Section 26 5600 - Exterior Lighting: Additional grounding and bonding requirements for pole- mounted luminaires. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2010. B. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system. D. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. E. Bonding and Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and other normally non - current - carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors /equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. 4. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated /insulated ground bus. 5. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion /deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement. F. Pole- Mounted Luminaires: Also comply with Section 26 5600. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0526 - Page 1 of 2 B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 0526: 1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions: 1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. C. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. 1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces. 3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. D. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 0553. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0526 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 26 0534 CONDUIT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). B. Aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC). C. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). D. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). E. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). F. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit. G. Conduit fittings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 1. Includes additional requirements for fittings for grounding and bonding. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2005. B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT); 2005. C. ANSI C80.5 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC); 2005. D. ANSI C80.6 - American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit (EIMC); 2005. E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2010. F. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); 2013. G. NECA 102 - Standard for Installing Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit; 2004. H. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC); 2003. I. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. J. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl- Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit; 2005. K. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit; 2013. L. NEMA TC 3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; 2015. M. NEMA TC 13 - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT); 2014. N. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. O. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 6A - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Q. UL 360 - Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. R. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. S. UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. T. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing - Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. U. UL 1242 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit - Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. V. UL 1653 - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0534 - Page 1 of 6 I . Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4. Notify Owner of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet, junction and splicing points. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground, conduits embedded within concrete slabs, and conduits 2 inch (53 mm) trade size and larger. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, implies all applications are acceptable. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. C. Underground: 1. Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid PVC conduit. 2. Exterior, Direct - Buried: Use rigid PVC conduit. 3. Exterior, Embedded Within Concrete: Use rigid PVC conduit. 4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from underground. 5. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit larger than 2 inch (53 mm) trade size is provided, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends. D. Embedded Within Concrete: 1. Within Slab on Grade: Not permitted. 2. Within Slab Above Ground: Not permitted. 3. Within Concrete Walls Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from concrete. E. Exposed, Exterior: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). F. Concealed, Exterior, Not Embedded in Concrete or in Contact With Earth: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). G. Corrosive Locations Above Ground: Use aluminum rigid metal conduit. 2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1. Branch Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size. 2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 3. Control Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0534 - Page 2 of 6 4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size. 5. Underground, Interior: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 6. Underground, Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size. D. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic - conduit.com. 3. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com. b. O -Z /Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation: www.emersonindustrial.com. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. 2. Non - Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.04 ALUMINUM RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic - conduit.com. 3. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC aluminum rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.5 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6A. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com. b. O -Z /Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation: www.emersonindustrial.com. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. 2. Non- Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use aluminum. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.05 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic - conduit.com. 3. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com. b. O -Z /Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation: www.emersonindustrial.com. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 26 0534 - Page 3 of 6 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 2. Non - Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com. 2. Electri -Flex Company: www.electriflex.com. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. C. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 51413. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.07 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com. 2. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 5148. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) or set -screw type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. 2.08 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected. 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; material to match conduit. 2.09 ELECTRICAL NONMETALLIC TUBING (ENT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Cantex Inc: www.cantexinc.com. 2. Carlon, a brand of Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.carlon.com. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type ENT electrical nonmetallic tubing complying with NEMA TC 13 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1653. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of ENT to be connected. 2. Use solvent - welded type fittings. 3. Solvent - Welded Fittings: Rigid PVC fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; suitable for use with ENT. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0534 - Page 4 of 6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101. D. Install aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 102. E. Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC) in accordance with NECA 101. F. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111. G. Install electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT) in accordance with NECA 111. H. Conduit Routing: 1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When conduit destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing required. 3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. 4. Conduits installed underground or embedded in concrete may be routed in the shortest possible manner unless otherwise indicated. Route all other conduits parallel or perpendicular to building structure and surfaces, following surface contours where practical. 5. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points. 6. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect. I. Connections and Terminations: 1. Use approved zinc -rich paint or conduit joint compound on field -cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three -piece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads. 3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors. 5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 6. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 7. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. J. Penetrations: 1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer. 2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. K. Underground Installation: 1. Minimum Cover, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: Project No. 17 -20363 Section 26 0534 - Page 5 of 6 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park a. Underground, Exterior: 24 inches (610 mm). b. Under Slab on Grade: 12 inches (300 mm) to bottom of slab. L. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion /deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection. 2. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. M. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. N. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 0534 - Page 6 of 6 SECTION 26 5600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior luminaires. B. Poles and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Materials and installation requirements for concrete bases for poles. B. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. IES LM -79 - Approved Method: Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products; 2008. B. IES LM -80 - Approved Method: Measuring Luminous Flux and Color Maintenance of LED Packages, Arrays, and Modules; Illuminating Engineering Society; 2015. C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2010. D. NECA/IESNA 501 - Standard for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems; 2006. E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. F. UL 1598 - Luminaires; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. G. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, weight, effective projected area (EPA), and installed accessories; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features. 1. LED Luminaires: a. Include estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM -80 test data. 2. Poles: Include information on maximum supported effective projected area (EPA) and weight for the design wind speed. D. Certificates for Poles and Accessories: Manufacturer's documentation that products are suitable for the luminaires to be installed and comply with designated structural design criteria. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product including information on replacement parts. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 5600 - Page 1 of 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings. B. Any deviation from what is called out in the Light Fixture Schedule requires prior approval from the Engineer. 1. Provide Cut Sheets and Photometrics. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 LUMINAIRES A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable. C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light. E. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, poles, foundations, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system. F. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc. G. Provide luminaires listed and labeled as suitable for wet locations unless otherwise indicated. H. LED Luminaires: 1. Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable. 2. Tested in accordance with IES LM -79 and IES LM -80. 3. LED Estimated Useful Life: Minimum of 50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance, calculated based on IES LM -80 test data. 2.03 POLES A. All Poles: 1. Provide poles and associated support components suitable for the luminaire(s) and associated supports and accessories to be installed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements areas shown on the drawings. B. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to luminaires. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1 (general workmanship) and NECA/IESNA 501 (exterior lighting). C. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires. D. Pole- Mounted Luminaires: 1. Grounding: a. Bond luminaires, metal accessories, metal poles, and foundation reinforcement to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 2. Install separate service conductors, 12 AWG copper, from each luminaire down to handhole for connection to branch circuit conductors. E. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. F. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 5600 - Page 2 of 4 G. Provide concrete bases for lighting poles at locations indicated, in accordance with Section 03 3000. H, Install poles plumb. 1. Provide double nuts to adjust plumb. 2. Grout around each base. I. Bond luminaires, metal accessories, and metal poles to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Inspect each product for damage and defects. C. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01 4000. D. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation. E. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Arch itect/Engineer. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by Architect/Engineer. Secure locking fittings in place. B. Aim and adjust luminaires to provide illumination levels and distribution indicated on Drawings. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces according to NECA/IESNA 501 and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish. B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. D. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. E. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.06 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 5600 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 26 5600 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 31 0000 GENERAL SITE WORK REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Site Location B. Project Description C. Work Covered by Contract Documents D. Work Restrictions 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS A. Where the following abbreviations are used, they shall have the meanings indicated: 1. AASHTO - American Association of the State Highway and Transportation Officials 2. ACI - American Concrete Institute 3. Al - The Asphalt Institute 4. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 5. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 6. AWWA - American Water Works Association 7. CEAM - City Engineer's Association of Minnesota 8. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 9. MnDOT - Minnesota Department of Transportation 10. MPCA - Minnesota Pollution Control Agency 11. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration 12. PCA - Portland Cement Association 13. SWPPP - Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1.03 MNDOT DEFINITIONS MODIFICATION A. Where Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction are referred to herein, the following definitions shall be modified: 1. Commissioner: All references to Commissioner shall mean the Owner or his authorized representative. 2. Contracting Authority: All references to Contracting Authority shall mean the Owner. 3. Department: All references to the Department shall mean the Owner or their authorized representative. References to Department's Manuals or Publications shall be those documents prepared by or published on behalf of Minnesota Department of Transportation, current edition. 4. State: All references to State shall mean the Owner, acting through its authorized representatives. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT SITE LOCATION A. Site is located at: 1. Address: 1345 45 1/2 Street 2. City: Columbia Heights 3. County: Anoka 4. State: Minnesota 3.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. Work on Project Site shall include, but is not limited to: 1. The construction of a parking lot, curb, sidewalk, storm sewer, watermain, athletic facilities, fences, and other incidentals. 3.03 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Definitions: 1. Words install, provide, furnish, include, supply, apply, place, or any combination thereof, are intended to be synonymous and indicate that material and /or work specifically Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 1 of 8 mentioned is to be furnished and installed by Contractor and /or Contractor's Subcontractor(s). B. Work Covered: 1. Furnish all labor, transportation, materials, apparatus, and tools necessary for entire proper completion of Work. Install, maintain, and remove all equipment for proper execution of Contract. Be responsible for safe, proper, and lawful performance of equipment, maintenance and use of same and perform in best manner and everything properly incidental thereto, as stated in Contract Documents or reasonably implied therein. 3.04 WORKING HOURS: A. Regular working hours shall be as defined in Contract Documents. Requests for expansion of working hours must be approved by Owner. Submit all requests in writing through the Owner. Structure proposed Progress Schedule based on stated working hours. 3.06 USE OF SITE: A. Use of Site shall be limited to Contractor's construction operations, including on -site storage of Work related equipment, materials, and field offices. B. Confine Work within limits of easements, public rights -of -way, and construction limits as indicated on Drawings. C. Provide for all additional lands and access thereto from appropriate property owners at own expense if operations cannot be controlled to within Site as indicated on Drawings, or additional space is desired. D. Furnish the Owner with copy of any easement or agreement from private property owners so obtained. E. No consideration for extra payment will be given related to stated Work Restrictions. 3.06 MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND DEBRIS STORAGE: A. Obtain Owner's approval of location contemplated for storage of materials, equipment, and debris prior to placing such on Owner's properties. B. Promptly relocate stored materials, equipment, or debris on Owner's properties upon request should any occasion necessitating access to Site. C. Do not deposit or store construction equipment, materials, or debris in areas open to traffic which obstruct or interfere with safe flow thereof per Owner's determination. D. Provide signage, flaggers, etc. as necessary whenever material or equipment are delivered to Project in areas open to traffic with potential to interfere with safe flow thereof. E. Store materials and equipment in manner which will preserve their quality and fitness; provide temporary storage buildings as required. F. Assume sole responsibility for protection and safekeeping of equipment and materials on or near Site and no claim shall be made against the Owner by reason of any act of an employee or trespasser. 3.07 WORK SEQUENCE: A. Coordinate all Site Work phases with the Owner. B. Duly notify the Owner at least 48 -hr. prior to commencing Work on this Contract, and at least 24 -hr. prior to beginning each major Site Work operation. The Owner shall be informed in advance of daily working hour schedule and of proposed changes to schedule. While Work is in progress, notify the Owner at least 24 -hr. in advance of any proposed change in equipment, forces, or sequence of operations that may require a change in the Owner's staff. C. Conduct Site Work in phases to allow for proper temporary traffic controls, coordination with adjacent property needs, Owner's schedule for demolition, public and as otherwise indicated in Contract Documents. 3.08 SAFETY: A. The Owner or their Representative may indicate potential safety hazards noticed at Site. Discussions of this nature are intended as a service and to prevent unforeseen damages by Contractor. However, Contractor shall remain only party liable for maintenance of safe construction practices. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 2 of 8 3.09 UTILITY COMPANIES: A. Contact all utility owners and ascertain location of all existing underground utilities, if any, before performing excavation operations. Give notice to owners of all known utilities at least 48 -hr. before starting operations affecting those properties by calling "Gopher State One Call ". B. Protect and preserve all in -place structures and utilities not specifically designated for removal in Contract Documents. Replace and /or repair all damaged in -place structures and /or utilities at own cost. C. Maintain all utility services to existing Site and surrounding properties to greatest extent possible. Where construction operations require interruption of service of a utility, notify Owner, Property Owner, and Utility Provider at least 48 -hr. before interruption and advise them of anticipated schedule related to utility service interruption. 1. Provide temporary water and sanitary service if interruption will last longer than 4 -hr. D. Immediately notify utility owner thereof of discovery of utility property whose existence was not known. E. Promptly notify proper authorities in event a utility service is interrupted as a result of accidental breakage or as a result of being exposed or unsupported, and cooperate to determine extent of damage and restore utility service as may be needed. F. Construction operations adjacent to utility properties shall not start until arrangements, satisfactory to utility owner, have been made for protection of utility's property and continuation of service. G. Employ special equipment or construction methods, and hand labor if necessary, to accomplish Work adjacent to utility properties without damage thereto. Do not interfere with persons engaged in protecting or moving utility property or in operating utility. 3.10 EMERGENCY SERVICES: A. Coordinate all Work requiring shutting down water service or limiting access to buildings by emergency equipment with affected emergency departments by daily notifications of scheduled Work. 3.11 BUSINESSES AND PRIVATE PROPERTY OWNERS ADJACENT TO SITE: A. Perform Work in such a manner that access to Site and surrounding properties is maintained at all times possible. B. Where Work requires closure of access to Site or surrounding properties, coordinate with said property owner at least 48 -hr. before anticipated access interruption and all access shall be at least temporarily restored each night before end of work day. No property owner shall be left without adequate access overnight. 3.12 OTHER CONTRACTORS: A. Coordinate with other contractors performing Work on other projects in vicinity of this Project at own cost, including but not limited to allowing access for their delivery of equipment and materials. Known Work includes the following: 1. None 3.13 GARBAGE AND RECYCLING SERVICE: A. Accommodate garbage and recycling pickup while performing Work at Site, including coordination with individual garbage and recycling companies providing service to properties within Site to maintain access to individual garbage and recycling pickup locations. If unable to accommodate garbage and recycling pickup due to Site constraints, independently contract for garbage and recycling service as necessary to provide continuous service to affected properties at own cost. B. Coordination of garbage and recycling service at Site shall be considered incidental Work for which no direct compensation will be made. 3.14 TOLERANCES A. Drawing dimensions and Specification values are to be considered target values to be strived for and complied with as design value from which deviations (within tolerances) are allowed. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 3 of 8 B. Revised values shall govern in case that Contract Document changes are ordered or authorized. C. It is the intent of Contract Documents that materials and workmanship shall be uniform in character and shall conform to prescribed target value or to middle portion of tolerance range. The purpose of tolerance range is to accommodate occasional minor variations from median zone that are unavoidable for practical reasons. D. When a maximum or minimum value is specified, production and processing of material and performance of Work shall be so controlled that material or workmanship will not be of borderline quality or dimension. 3.15 METHODS AND EQUIPMENT A. Employ sufficient equipment of proper size and good mechanical condition to prosecute Work to full completion in satisfactory manner and within prescribed time. Equipment used on any portion of Project shall be such that no damage to Work or adjacent property will result from use. B. Equipment requiring calibration or measurement of capacity shall not be used until it has been calibrated or measured to satisfaction of the Owner. Furnish equipment and assistance to the Owner to make calibration tests and obtain necessary measurements. C. When methods and equipment to be used in accomplishing Work are not prescribed in Contract Documents, Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that demonstrates to satisfaction of the Owner will accomplish Work. D. When Contract Documents require that Work be performed by use of certain methods and equipment, those methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Owner. Contractor may request the Owner's approval to use method or type of equipment other than those specified in Contract Documents. Request shall include full description of methods and equipment proposed for use and explanation of reasons for desiring change. If approval is given, it shall be on condition that Contractor will be fully responsible for producing Work in conformity with Contract requirements. E. If, after trial use of substituted methods or equipment, the Owner determines that Work produced does not meet Contract requirements, discontinue use of substitute method or equipment and complete remaining Work with specified methods and equipment. At own expense, remove unacceptable Work and replace with Work of specified quality, or take other corrective action as the Owner may direct. F. No change will be made in basis of payment for Work involved nor in Contract time, when change in methods or equipment is authorized under these provisions. 3.16 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Signs, Signals, and Devices 1. All provided signs, signals, and related devices shall be in conformance with Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 2. Post Mounted and Wall Mounted Traffic Control and Informational Signs: As required by local jurisdictions. 3. Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by local jurisdictions. 4. Flag Person Equipment: As required by local jurisdictions. B. Access Roads 1. Tracked vehicles not allowed on paved areas. 2. Construct new temporary all- weather access roads from public thoroughfares to serve construction area, of a width and load bearing capacity to provide unimpeded traffic for construction purposes. 3. Extend and relocate as Work progress requires, provide detours as necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. 4. Location as approved by the Owner. 5. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles. Maintain 20 -feet width driveways with turning space between and around combustible materials. 6. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants free of obstructions. 7. Provide and maintain access to residences and businesses. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 4 of S C. Construction Parking Control 1. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, and Owner's operations. 2. Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. 3. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non - designated areas. D. Haul Routes 1. Consult with authority having jurisdiction, establish public thoroughfares to be used for haul routes and site access. 2. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. 3. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic, to minimize interference with public traffic. 4. Maintain and repair all haul routes, including, but not limited to blading, patching, signing, graveling, and dust control. This Work will be at own expense, without any direct compensation being made. E. In -place Traffic Control 1. Existing traffic control shall remain in place and be protected for duration of Work, except as otherwise authorized by the Owner. Traffic control authorized for temporary removal necessitated by construction shall be carefully removed and stored or delivered to authority having jurisdiction over traffic control for temporary storage. 2. Where it is necessary to remove "STOP" or prohibition traffic control signs on roads open to traffic, provide qualified flag persons as necessary until such time as signs are re- installed or as otherwise directed by the Owner. 3. Where it is necessary to remove traffic control signs for warning or regulation of traffic on roads open to traffic, relocate or temporarily mount sign as directed by the Owner. 4. If any traffic control device is damaged or lost during temporary removal or reinstallation, cost for replacement thereof shall be assessed to Contractor. 5. All removed traffic control not being replaced as part of this contract or reinstalled by others, shall be reinstalled in compliance with Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. 6. No additional compensation will be made for any expenses incurred in removing, protecting, or replacing existing traffic control as provided for herein, nor for any delays, inconvenience, or damage sustained due to any special construction required in prosecuting Work in presence of existing traffic control. F. Maintenance 1. Maintain traffic and parking areas in a sound condition free of excavated material, construction equipment, Products, mud, snow, and ice. 2. Maintain existing paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original, or specified, condition. G. Removal, Repair 1. Remove temporary roads when permanent paving is usable. 2. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, to original condition. 3. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. 4. Repair damage caused by installation. 3.17 EXISTING MATERIALS A. Materials found on Site or on other land acquired for Project shall not be destroyed or used by Contractor for any other purposes than those specified in Contract without consent of the Owner. B. The Owner may authorize Contractor to make temporary use of materials salvaged for the Owner from existing structures. Contractor, however, is responsible for all damages to materials so used. Repair, replace, or otherwise make good by acceptable means materials damaged by this use, or Owner will deduct from any moneys due or becoming due, an amount equivalent to reasonable value or replacement cost of material. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 5 of 8 C. The Owner may authorize use of acceptable material found on Project as a substitute for material that would otherwise have to be furnished by Contractor from outside sources. Authorization to remove and use substitute material for unspecified purposes to Contractor's advantage will be at sole discretion of the Owner and will be subject to conditions imposed by the Owner as well as to all other provisions of Contract. Material is made available for use to best advantage and without charge to Contractor in interest of providing maximum utilization of materials existing on Project, but with understanding that no additional costs shall be incurred by the Owner as a result of its use. Contractor shall furnish, at no expense to the Owner, replacement material acceptable by Owner if material used is needed for other construction purposes or is obtained from areas where backfill of excavation is necessary. The Owner will not make payment under excavation or removal item for quantity of material obtained if its removal would not otherwise be necessary. 3.18 NEW MATERIALS A. Use of any one kind or class of material from more than one source is prohibited without permission from the Owner. Permission, if granted, will set forth conditions under which change of source is allowed. B. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce uniformly acceptable products, or that conditions require extraordinary inspection and testing to prevent delivery of unacceptable material, Contractor shall furnish material from other sources capable of producing uniformly acceptable material, or shall arrange for plant alterations as may be necessary and satisfactory to the Owner. C. All materials not conforming to Contract at time they are used shall be considered unacceptable, and all such materials will be rejected and shall be removed immediately from Project unless otherwise instructed by the Owner. No unacceptable material, defects of which have been corrected, shall be used until approval has been given. 3.19 PROTECTION OF SURFACE STRUCTURES, FEATURES, AND WORK A. Protect all public and private surface structures and features located outside Project, together with those within Project which are indicated in Drawings as being saved including, but not limited to, streets, roads, highways, curbs, sidewalks, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, fences, trees, shrubs, turf, existing structures, existing equipment, or other public or private property insofar as it may be endangered by operations in performance of Work, and take every reasonable precaution to avoid damage to such property. B. Restore any public or private surface structure or feature which is damaged or injured directly or indirectly by or on account of any act, omission, or neglect in execution of Work which is not designated for removal but visibly evident or correctly indicated on Drawings. Restore any damaged public or private surface structure or feature to a condition as good as or better than that existing before such damage or injury occurred by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise effecting restoration thereof, or if this is not feasible make a suitable settlement with owner of damaged property, all at own expense. C. Within Project, as required, removal of surface structures and features shall be subject to acceptable replacement following completion of necessary Work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by Contractor to extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in Agreement. D. Give reasonable notice to owners of property adjacent to Work to permit occupants to remove vehicles, trailers, and other possessions, as well as salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinkler systems, or other improvements in Project area, which are designated for removal or which may be destroyed or damaged by Work. E. Do not operate any off road, steel tracked, or steel wheeled machinery or equipment directly on existing or new pavement surfaces. F. Protect all designated trees and planted areas within Project. Exercise care and conduct operations so as to minimize damage to new planted areas. In event of damage to any trees, either privately or publicly owned, in absence of construction necessity, Contractor will be required to hire a qualified firm, whose credentials shall be approved by the Owner, to make necessary repairs. In event that tree is deemed un- repairable, replace tree with one of similar Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 6 of 8 size and type at own cost. If tree damaged is too large for replacement of same size, pay owner of tree for loss of tree. G. Protect and preserve all in -place structures and utilities not specifically designated for removal by Contract Documents. H. Make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with owner of any damaged property concerning its repair or replacement, at own expense. I. Protect installed Work from damage by subsequent Work. J. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. K. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate Work area to prevent damage. 3.20 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY CORNER MONUMENTS A. Property corner monuments may exist within or adjacent to Project. Protect and preserve all existing property corner monuments. Property canner monuments removed or disturbed during Work under this Contract shall be replaced /restored by a Licensed Land Surveyor upon completion of final clean up. All costs associated with replacement/restoration of property corners shall be borne by Contractor and considered incidental to Work. 3.21 RESTRICTIONS ON MOVEMENT OF HEAVY LOADS AND EQUIPMENT A. Hauling of materials and movement of equipment to and from Project and over completed structures, base courses, and pavements within Project that are open for use by traffic and are to remain a part of permanent improvement, shall comply with regulations governing operation of vehicles on highways of Minnesota, as prescribed in Highway Traffic Regulation Act. B. Comply with legal load restrictions, and with any special restrictions imposed by Contract, in hauling materials and moving equipment over structures, completed subgrades, base courses, and pavements within Project that are under construction, or have been completed but have not been accepted and opened for use by traffic. C. Have a completed Weight Information Card in each vehicle used for hauling bituminous mixture, aggregate, batch concrete, and grading material (including borrow and excess) prior to starting Work. Card shall identify truck or tractor and trailer by Minnesota or prorated license number and shall contain tare, maximum allowable legal gross mass, supporting information, and signature of owner. Card shall be available to the Owner upon request. All Contractor - related costs in providing, verifying, and spot checking cab card information (including weighing trucks on certified commercial scales, both empty and loaded) will be incidental, and no compensation will be made. D. Equipment mounted on crawler tracks or steel -tired wheels shall not be operated on or across concrete or bituminous surfaces without specific authorization from the Owner. Special instructions may be imposed by Contract with respect to speed, load distribution, surface protection, and other precautions considered necessary. E. Should construction operations necessitate crossing of an existing pavement or completed portions of pavement structure with equipment or loads that would otherwise be prohibited, approved methods of load distribution or bridging shall be provided by Contractor at no expense to Owner. F. Neither by issuance of a special permit, nor by adherence to any other restrictions imposed, shall Contractor be relieved of liability for damages resulting from operation and movement of construction equipment. 3.22 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain Project and Work until such time as all Work is completed and the Owner has issued a notice to the Contractor per General Conditions that Work is acceptable. When a base or surface course is to be placed upon a subgrade constructed by others under a previous Contract, Contractor shall maintain that subgrade from date Contractor starts hauling materials over it or starts operations of subgrade preparation on it, whichever is earlier. B. Maintenance during construction shall constitute continuous and effective Work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces to end that all roadways and structures are kept in satisfactory condition at all times. Except for Work that is specified to be done at Owner's Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 7 of 8 expense, Contractor shall bear all costs of maintaining Work as required during construction and until final acceptance of Work, with no compensation being made in addition to that provided by Contract prices. C. If, at any time, Contractor fails to comply with these provisions, the Owner will notify the Contractor of deficiencies. If Contractor fails to remedy unsatisfactory maintenance within 24 -hr. after receipt of written notice to do so, the Owner may immediately proceed to maintain Work and deduct entire cost of this maintenance from moneys due or becoming due to Contractor. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0000 - Page 8 of 8 SECTION 31 0010 APPLICATION OF WATER FOR DUST CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to apply water to control dust created by traveling public and performance of Work on Site, as indicated in Contract Documents, or directed by Architect/Engineer. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2130 - Application of Water for Dust Control; 2014. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Water: To be reasonably clean PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Secure own source of water; contact Owner to determine whether water is available for use and associated cost if available. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Use water supply capable of applying quantity of water required to abate dust and avoid unwarranted loss of water through evaporation, absorption, or drainage. B. Apply water at time and in quantity approved by Architect/Engineer. C. Coordinate dust control on Contractor - selected haul roads, detours, or work sites outside of Project Site with applicable authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Section 31 0010 - Page 1 of 2 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0010 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 31 0505 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR SITE WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to remove and dispose of those Site Work obstructions indicated in Contract Documents including salvaging of designated materials, abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures, and filling of resulting trenches, holes, and depressions. Work includes, but is not limited to: 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like. B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity. D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity. E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. F. Recyclable: Ability of a product or material to be recovered at end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from Project Site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others. H. Recycling: Process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for purpose of using altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste. I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on Project Site. K. Salvage: To remove a material from Project Site in acceptable condition for reuse. L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run -off water. M. Source Separation: Act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from first time they become waste. N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition. B. MnDOT Specification Section 2104 - Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures; 2016. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate compliance with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, State, and local requirements pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. B. Coordinate compliance with applicable codes and regulations for safety of adjacent structures and public. C. Coordinate haul routes. D. Obtain required permits for Work. E. Use of explosives is prohibited. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0505 - Page 1 of 4 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Disposal Plan: Provide information and documentation substantiating proper disposal arrangements and operations. C. Record Documents: Include information pertaining to additional existing utilities encountered, and abandoned utilities locations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill Material: As specified in Section 31 2200 - Grading. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Do not begin demolition work until receipt of Notice to Proceed. B. Coordinate Work with utility companies; notify before starting Work and comply with requirements; obtain required permits. C. Drawings indicating existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated on Drawings. 2. Commencement of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. 3. Report discrepancies to the Owner before disturbing existing installation. D. Do not begin demolition work until built items to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. E. Do not begin demolition work until vegetation to be relocated has been removed and specified measures have been taken to protect vegetation to remain. F. Protect existing utilities, structures, and elements to remain. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement. 3. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 4. Stop Work immediately if adjacent utilities, structures, or elements appear to be in danger. 5. Patch as specified for patching new work. G. Provide and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. H. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or public. I. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. J. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. B. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. C. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. D. Saw cut bituminous and concrete surfaces as indicated on Drawings and as directed by the Owner prior to starting demolition work to establish a neat line for extending new Work. E. Remove and Abandon Utility Piping: 1. Existing storm sewer pipe being replaced with new materials are generally considered as debris to be removed as indicated on Drawings. 2. In certain instances, existing pipes may be abandoned in place as designated on Drawings, or directed by the Owner. 3. Pipe abandonment includes: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0505 - Page 2 of 4 a. Disconnect line to be abandoned from live system as indicated on Drawings or directed by the Owner. b. Fill line to be abandoned by pumping or blowing fine granular material capable of filling pipe cavity to be abandoned as approved by the Owner. c. Cap open pipe ends with fittings appropriate to piping or bulkhead with non - shrink concrete grout at a thickness of not less than one pipe diameter to provide watertight seal. d. Document pipe abandonment locations on Project record documents. F. Partial Removal of Structure: 1. Protect existing structure to remain for use during removal operations. 2. Ensure a length of at least 40 bar diameters from face of cut for existing reinforcement bars for concrete structures to be left in place. G. Partial Removal of Paving, Sidewalks, and Curbs: 1. Neatly saw cut full depth at right angle to surface as indicated on Drawings or as directed by the Owner on Site. 2. Removal of paving, sidewalks, and curbs shall be made to nearest joint of limits indicated on Drawings when reasonable, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. H. Remove Concrete and masonry structures: 1. Remove to excavation limits as indicated on Drawings. 2. Provide by -pass and maintain service to live sewers during removal operations. 3. Rebuild and reconnect live sewer following removal of related manhole, catch basin, or drop inlet. 4. Plug abandoned pipes draining into basements, manholes, or similar structures with concrete, masonry plugs, or other methods as approved by the Owner. I. Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. J. Generate least amount of trash and waste possible. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. 1. Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse. K. Stockpile items designated for salvage at location approved by the Owner. Remove, dismantle, and clean materials as required by Contract Documents prior to stockpiling. L. Stop Work and notify Owner if hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations. Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, mercury, and petroleum based fuel products. M. Fill excavations, holes, and depressions left following selective demolition Work using suitable fill material with top surface neat in appearance and smooth enough to not constitute a hazard to public. Refer to Section 31 2200 - Grading for additional requirements. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove debris, junk, trash, and unused materials from Site. B. Remove items designated for salvage from Site that are determined by the Owner following removal to be in a condition not worth salvaging. This is only applicable to removed items not damaged due to negligence of Contractor. C. Unacceptable methods of trash /waste disposal include: 1. Burning on Site. 2. Burying on Site. 3. Other illegal dumping or burying. D. Leave Site in clean condition, ready for subsequent Work. E. Clean up spillage and wind -blown debris from public and private lands. F. Assume full responsibility for acceptable disposition of removal materials and for damages resulting from disposal operations. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Section 31 0505 - Page 3 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 0505 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 31 1100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to clear, grub, and dispose of those trees, brush, stumps, roots, and other vegetation indicated in Contract Documents, or directed by Owner, including filling of resulting excavations, holes, and depressions. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2101 - Clearing and Grubbing; 2014. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate compliance with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, State, and local requirements pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. B. Coordinate compliance with applicable codes and regulations for safety of adjacent structures and public. C. Coordinate haul routes. D. Obtain required permits for Work. E. Use of explosives is prohibited. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Disposal Plan: 1. Provide information and documentation substantiating proper disposal arrangements and operations. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Clearing Firm: Company specializing in type of Work required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill Material: As specified in Section 32 1213 -Bituminous Tack Coat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine Project Site and conditions under which clearing and grubbing Work is to be performed. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Do not begin clearing and grubbing Work until receipt of Notice to Proceed. B. Coordinate Work with utility companies; notify before starting Work and comply with requirements; obtain required permits. C. Drawings indicating existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. 2. Report discrepancies to Owner before disturbing existing installation. 3. Commencement of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. D. Do not begin clearing and grubbing work until vegetation to be relocated has been removed and specified measures have been taken to protect vegetation to remain. E. Protect existing utilities, structures, and elements to remain. 1. Stop Work immediately if adjacent utility, structure, or element appears to be in danger. F. Provide and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. G. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or public. H. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 1100 - Page 1 of 2 Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when clearing and grubbing equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Control clearing and grubbing Work to limits indicated on Drawings, or directed by Owner. B. Salvage topsoil as specified in Section 32 1213 - Bituminous Tack Coat. C. Minimize production of dust due to clearing and grubbing operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. D. Install substantial, highly visible fences at least 3 -ft. high to prevent inadvertent damage to vegetation to remain: 1. Around trees to remain within vegetation removal limits; locate no closer to tree than at drip line. 2. Around other vegetation to remain within vegetation removal limits. E. Remove trees, shrubs, brush, and stumps in areas to be covered by Work outlined in Contract Documents unless otherwise specifically defined to be protected, preserved, relocated, salvaged, or otherwise saved. F. Dead Wood: Remove all dead trees (standing or down), limbs, and dry brush on Site; treat as specified for vegetation removed. G. Fill excavations, holes, and depressions left following Work using suitable fill material with top surface neat in appearance and smooth enough to not constitute a hazard to public. Refer to Section 32 1213 - Bituminous Tack Coat for additional requirements. H. Refer to MnDOT Specification Section 2101 - Grading, 2014 for disposal limitations of the Emerald Ash Borer and ash, pine, elm, and oak wilt infected trees. 3.04 CLEANING A. Use or remove cleared and grubbed vegetation from Site: 1. Chip, grind, crush, or shred vegetation for mulch berms, or other Owner approved purposes; preference should be given to on -site use. 2. Trees: Sell if marketable; if not, treat as specified for other vegetation removed; remove stumps and roots to depth of 18 -in. 3. Existing Stumps: Treat as specified for other vegetation removed; remove stumps and roots to depth of 18 -in. B. Unacceptable methods of vegetation disposal include: 1. Burning on Site. 2. Burying on Site. 3. Other illegal dumping or burying. C. Leave Site in clean condition, ready for subsequent Work. D. Assume full responsibility for acceptable disposition of clearing and grubbing materials and for damages resulting from disposal operations. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 1100 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 31 2200 GRADING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to grade, excavate, fill, and compact Site as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. B. All removal and disposal required; sheeting, shoring and bracing; source quality control testing and other Work required under this Section shall be considered incidental to Project and no claim for compensation or extra work will be accepted. C. No claim for additional payment will be accepted for excavation and fill required for removal of unsuitable material of up to 6 -in. below bottom of subgrade, 12 -in. below bottom of foundation, 12 -in. below bottom of structural fill, or 12 -in. below minimum excavation limit indicated on Drawings, whichever results in greater excavation and fill. D. Excavation and fill required for removal of unsuitable material deeper than above limits will be paid for as Extra Work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Structure: Existing and new man -made features including, but not limited to buildings, foundations, footings, slabs, pump stations, manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, retaining walls, and other structural elements and systems. B. Topsoil: Organic soil material, typically found at top of soil horizon and black in color use as a medium to establish plant growth for water quality and permanent erosion protection meeting requirements of MnDOT 3877. C. Select Grading Material: Mineral soils meeting requirements of MnDOT 2105.1.A.6 found in the Triaxial Chart in the MnDOT Grading and Base Manual, excluding silt. Silt is defined as soils containing 80% or more silt -sized particles. Marl and organic soils are also excluded. D. Select Granular Material: Granular material meeting requirements of MnDOT 3149.2.B.2. E. Suitable Subsoil Material: Excavated Select Grading Material that will provide for indicated soil bearing capacity, soil densities, material requirements and that, in opinion of soil testing laboratory, will not be subject to future decomposition, settlement, subsidence, expansion, and are otherwise of required soil type. F. Unsuitable Subsoil Material: Excavated material that will not provide for indicated soil bearing capacity and soil densities and that in opinion of soil testing laboratory will be subject to future decomposition, settlement, subsidence, expansion, and are otherwise not of required soil type, as well as material that exceeds 1- cu.yd. in volume, cannot be re -used within project limits, and in opinion of the Owner requires special means for handling and disposal including but are not limited to organic soils, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry, concrete fragments, and metals. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2105 - Excavation and Embankment; 2016. B. MnDOT Specification Section 2112 - Subgrade Preparation; 2016. C. MnDOT Specification Section 2574 - Soil Preparation; 2016. D. MnDOT Specification Section 3149 - Granular Material; 2016. E. Phase 1 Environmental Report - 00 3100A; 2017. F. Hazardous Material Contingency Plan - 00 310013; 2017. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certification: Certificate of compliance for all materials, supplies, and equipment provided. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2200 - Page 1 of 8 C. Lab Test Reports: As specified; include source of each material tested and date sampled. 1. Gradation 2. Aggregate Quality 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stockpiles: 1. Place material on Site at location approved by Owner until required for incorporation into Work. 2. Locate to limit additional loading or soil pressure on Site excavations and structures. 3. Place, grade, and shape for proper drainage. 4. Limit depth not to exceed 8 -ft. 5. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 6. Prevent material contamination. 7. Protect from erosion and deterioration of materials. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Correct defective Work within correction period after Date of Substantial Completion. 1. Assume full responsibility and expense for all settlement, and refill and restore Work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition regardless of location. 2. Settlement of pavement areas in excess of 1 -in., as measured by a 10 -ft. straight edge shall be considered failure of mechanical compaction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Excavation Material: 1. Common Excavation: Excavated material not classified as Rock Excavation, but including stripped topsoil material. 2. Rock Excavation: Material including hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding 1 cu.yd. in volume that requires drilling, or ripping before excavation. Material such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator are not classified as Rock Excavation. B. Borrow Material: 1. Common Borrow: Select Grading Material 2. Select Granular Borrow: Select Granular Material 3. Topsoil Borrow: Fertile soil, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth; free of subsoil, clay, rocks or impurities, plants, weeds and roots; meeting requirements of MnDOT 3877. a. Common Topsoil Borrow: MnDOT 3877.2.A, For general use as turf growing medium. 4. Common Borrow Fill: Provided by the City and stockpiled on site. The Contractor is responsible for placing and compaction of material. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate and pay for independent testing agency to perform Source Quality Control testing per the following: 1. Obtain samples for testing from material in stock at locations and by methods approved by the Owner. 2. Provide 1 gradation test of select granular borrow. 3. Provide 1 percent crushing test of select granular borrow. 4. Provide 1 aggregate quality test of select granular borrow. 5. Perform tests no more than 90 calendar days before Notice of Award. 6. Submit test results to the Owner prior to delivering materials to Site. B. Coordinate and pay to re -test material failing a test, or provide alternate acceptable material as necessary to satisfy Owner that requirements are met. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2200 - Page 2 of 8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Determine to own satisfaction of location and nature of surface and subsurface obstacles and soil and water conditions that will be encountered during Work. 1. Test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at own expense to make such determinations. 2. Make arrangements for soil investigations with Owner when applicable. 3. Claims for additional payment due of nature of subsurface in which Work of this Section is performed, or for repairs made to subgrade related to weather will not be permitted. B. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for Work are as indicated. C. Verify that structural installations have been inspected prior to filling Work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. C. Locate, identify, and protect from damage above and below -grade utilities to remain. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities if necessary. E. Prevent interruption of existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, except when allowed by utility owner and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 1. Provide temporary services, complying with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations, and as acceptable to Owner, during any interruptions. F. Maintain full access to project exits and entrances, fire hydrants, street crossings, sidewalks, and other points as designated by Owner to prevent significant interruption of accessibility. G. Maintain existing site drainage ways or provide new paths of drainage as required to perform Work. H. Protect trees, plants, lawns, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping by providing substantial fencing around area. Place fencing for trees at outer drip line of branches; no grading is to be performed inside drip line. I. Protect critical areas of Site from compaction as necessary including, but not limited to, infiltration, filtration, and biorention areas, wetland soil edges, certain utilities, Areas of Environmental Sensitivity, and those other areas as indicated on Drawings. Assume full responsibility for restoration Work to decompact such areas including subsoiling Work per MnDOT 2574 - Soil Preparation, and soil density testing to verify restoration to condition as good or better than existing as determined by Architect/Engineer. 3.03 SOIL REMOVAL AND STOCKPILING A. Stockpile excavated topsoil for re -used on Site; remove excess from Site. B. Stockpile excavated suitable subsoil material for re -used on Site; remove excess from Site. C. Remove excavated unsuitable subsoil material from Site. 3.04 EXCAVATING A. Remove topsoil from excavation area, without mixing with foreign materials. B. Do not remove topsoil when wet. C. Remove subsoil from excavation area. D. Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture content. E. Reserve and segregate all suitable subsoil material, granular material, and topsoil from other materials and stockpile to extent practicable during excavation operations to permit best use of available materials at time of filling. Handle material as described incidental to Project with no additional compensation provided unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents. F. Handle surplus material following filling as specified above. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 31 2200 - Page 3 of 8 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park G. When excavating through roots, perform Work to limit root disturbance and cut exposed roots clean with sharp tool. H. Slope sides of excavations as required to provide stability and to comply with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. Shore and brace excavation when required by Project conditions. I. Utilize cofferdams, steel sheet piling, shoring, underpinning, and other systems required to prevent damage to existing structures, settlement, slope stability problems, and undermining. J. Remove construction related protection systems after use is complete, in manner that will not loosen or damage soils, create slope stability problems, and otherwise damage existing or new structures. K. Leave construction related protection systems in place subject to approval of the Owner, when removal would create potential for damage to soil conditions or structures. L. Excavate to required elevations and dimensions within specified tolerances and extending a sufficient distance as required to provide for Work, completion of structures, observation, and testing. M. Do not disturb soil materials at and below excavation limits when excavating for structure foundations. Excavate by hand when necessary to prevent damage to subsoil material to remain. N. Do not interfere with 2:1 (H:V) bearing splay of structural foundations, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. O. Trim structure bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid dense base of required bearing capacity. P. Excavation of unsuitable subsoil material encountered when establishing grade elevations shall be to depth recommended by the Owner or soils testing laboratory beneath structures to obtain design bearing capacity. Material to be considered Common Excavation. Q. Removal of materials beyond required subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific approval of the Owner or soils testing laboratory as well as filling, compaction, and remedial work recommended at over excavated area shall be at own expense. R. Fill unauthorized excavation under structures and their components utilizing one of the following systems, and as acceptable to the Owner. 1. Extend indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. 2. Install lean concrete fill to bring elevations to required position. 3. Fill and compact unauthorized excavations with soil materials and to density required by the Owner. S. Elsewhere, fill and compact unauthorized excavations as indicated for authorized excavations of same classification. T. Use of explosives for rock excavation, when applicable, is not permitted. U. Rock excavation for construction of structural elements, when applicable, shall be to depth required to allow for proper construction of structure. All rock excavated shall be considered unsuitable subsoil material and removed from Site. V. Dewater excavations as necessary for Performance of Work according to Section 31 2319 - Dewatering. W. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. X. Notify Owner immediately of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area. Allow reasonable amount of time for the Owner to make assessment of conditions and determine alternate means of construction if necessary. As a minimum, the Owner shall be allowed one Working Day from time of notification to make assessment and determination of alternate Work without Contractor submittal of Change Proposal for adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2200 - Page 4 of 8 3.05 FILLING AND COMPACTING A. Remove all topsoil and unsuitable subsoil material to satisfaction of the Owner prior to placing fill under structures and pavement areas. B. Do not proceed with filling of excavations until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance by the Owner for construction of structures below finish grade. 2. Observation, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground utilities. 3. Removal of concrete formwork. 4. Removal of shoring, bracing, other protection systems, and backfilling and compaction of voids left by their removals. 5. Removal of unsuitable subsoil materials, construction related debris, and excess materials. C. Employ placement methods that do not disturb or damage other Work. D. Fill to subgrade elevation within specified tolerances unless otherwise indicated. E. Do not place fill on muddy surfaces, frozen ground, or on materials containing frost or ice. F. Do not place fill on or in water. G. Verify ability of structures to support loads imposed by fill. H. Provide fill for specific locations and compact as specified and city may also be able to provide fill: 1. Site Grading Fill In Pavement Areas: a. Use Fill Type Select Granular Borrow. b. Use Recycled Bituminous Base Material (provided by city). c. Fill to subgrade elevation. d. Compact per MnDOT Penetration Index Method as outlined within MnDOT Table 2105 -6 of MnDOT 2105.3.F.3 2. Site Grading Fill Outside Pavement Areas: a. Use Fill Type Select Grading Material available on Site, otherwise use Fill Type Common Borrow. b. Fill to subgrade elevation. c. Compact to minimum 90% of maximum dry unit weight per ASTM D698 (standard Proctor test). 3. Topsoil Fill In Turf Establishment Areas: a. Use Fill Type Top Soil available on Site, otherwise use Fill Type Common Topsoil Borrow. b. Fill to finished elevation. c. Compact loosely to facilitate turf establishment. Place fill materials in compacted layers of thickness necessary to meet compaction requirements. J. Limit fill layer thickness to 8 -in. in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and 4 -in. in loose depth for material compacted by hand operated tampers unless soil density tests substantiate specified densities will be obtained when material is placed in thicker lifts. K. Place fill material in lifts uniformly to same approximate elevation, not exceeding final grade height, in manner required to prevent creation of unbalanced soil lateral pressures, wedging action of materials, soil pressures that exceed design lateral soil conditions, and damage to structures. L. Scarify, mix, and compact upper 6 -in. of pavement subgrade following grading, filling, and /or trenching Work. M. Determine moisture content during compaction using test methods approved by the Owner. N. Apply water or aerate each fill layer to extent required to obtain optimum moisture content for indicated compaction requirement. O. Maintain moisture content during compaction between 65% and 102% of optimum moisture content, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. P. Prevent free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 31 2200 - Page 5 of 8 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Q. Remove and replace with acceptable fill material, or scarify and air dry otherwise acceptable subsoil material that is too wet to obtain specified soil density. R. Assist drying by disking, harrowing, or pulverizing, until moisture content is reduced to value required for compaction. S. Hand tamp or utilize hand operated vibratory equipment when required to compact fill material placed immediately adjacent to structures. T. Do not place additional fill layers until density of each layer in place complies with compaction requirements. 3.06 GRADING A. Prepare subgrade and topsoil per MnDOT 2574.3, and as specified below prior to turf establishment Work. B. Rough grade areas adjacent to structures to drain away from structures and prevent ponding or increase in soil lateral pressure on structure. C. Uniformly grade areas of Project including adjacent transition areas to approximate contours of finished surface, and smooth surface within specified tolerances with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing grades. D. Slope grade away from buildings at slope not less than 5% for minimum distance of 10 -ft. in turf establishment areas, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. E. Positively drain all turf establishment areas to designated surface water collection points, streets, and /or waterways. F. Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted prior to finish grading. G. Remove all construction debris prior to topsoil placement. H. Perform subsoiling of subgrade to minimum depth of 6 -in per MnDOT 2574.3.A.5 for turf establishment areas where subgrade has become compacted prior to topsoil placement, including the following locations: 1. Where equipment has been operated in performance of Work including haul roads. 2. Equipment and material staging and stockpiling areas. 3. Infiltration areas. I. Place stockpiled topsoil from Site, or import and place topsoil borrow type specified as necessary in turf establishment areas to minimum thickness of 6 -in., unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. J. Place topsoil during dry weather. K. Spread topsoil by hand near plants and trees to prevent damage. L. Prepare topsoil surface for turf establishment using cultivating equipment such as disks, harrows, field diggers, or tillers capable of loosening soil to minimum depth of 3 -in. on all areas except for slopes steeper than 2:1 (H:V) to provide a smooth, moist, and evenly textured foundation. M. Perform soil tracking of topsoil on slopes 2:1 (H:V) and steeper prior to turf establishment per MnDOT 2574.3.A.3. N. Following soil loosening operations, work turf establishment areas to be seeded or sodded to provide surface free of lumps, and tillage ridges exceeding 1.5 -in. Work turf establishment areas to be hydro seeded to provide surface free of lumps, and tillage ridges exceeding 3 /4 -in. Multiple passes of equipment may be necessary to meet these specifications. O. Remove all rocks and debris from topsoil surface exceeding 1 -in., except that lawn areas shall be raked free of rocks, clods, and debris exceeding 3 /4 -in. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of pavement subgrade: Plus 0.05 -ft. to minus 0.10 -ft. from Drawing elevation. B. Top Surface of building slab subgrade: Plus or minus 0.05 -ft. from Drawing elevation. C. Top Surface of turfed area subgrade: Plus or minus 0.10 -ft. from Drawing elevation. D. Top Surface of turfed area finish grade: Plus or minus 0.10 -ft. from Drawing elevation. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 31 2200 - Page 6 of 8 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate for Owner's independent testing agency to perform visual inspection of load- bearing excavated surfaces before placement of structural foundations. B. Coordinate for Owner's independent testing agency to perform density testing per the following: 1. Obtain samples for testing from material in place at locations and by methods approved by the Owner. 2. Perform density testing in areas with greatest rutting or deflection. 3. Perform soil density tests per ASTM D698 (standard Proctor test) at not less than the following frequencies for indicated areas unless field conditions substantiate that frequency can be modified, and modification is approved by the Owner. a. Site Grading Fill In Pavement Areas: Perform a minimum of 1 approved density test per 4 -ft, of fill for every 7,500 -sq.ft. of fill area. 4. Include in test reports project identification name and number, date of test, name of Contractor, name of testing laboratory, location of test including elevation, soil type, density obtained, and moisture content. 5. Report verbal test results to the Owner and Contractor on same day tests are made. 6. Submit test reports to the Owner and Contractor as soon as available. 7. Soil density shall meet or exceed values specified above for fill at specific locations. C. Coordinate for Owner's independent testing agency to perform percolation testing per the following: 1. Perform percolation tests per ASTM D3385 (Standard Test Method for Infiltration Rate of Soils in Field Using Double -Ring Infiltrometer) at a minimum of 13J locations, as directed by the Owner, within biorention Swale and infiltration basin following placement of filter topsoil borrow, seed, and mulch to verify specified infiltration rate. 2. Include in test reports project identification name and number, date of test, name of Contractor, name of testing laboratory, location of test including elevation, soil type, and infiltration rate obtained. 3. Report verbal test results to the Owner and Contractor on same day tests are made. 4. Submit test reports to the Owner and Contractor as soon as available. 5. Infiltration rate shall be greater than 5 -in. /hr.but not exceed the MPCA maximum rate of 8.3- in. /hr. D. Coordinate for the Owner's independent testing agency to observe Contractor roll testing per the following 1. Provide MnDOT TR10 type test roller meeting requirements of MnDOT 2111.2. Load truck such that front axle load is minimum of 16,000 -lb., and total weight of truck and load is minimum of 50,000 -Its. Weigh test roller at independent certified scale facility, and provide documentation to Owner. 2. Provide deflection measurement device approved by the Owner. Mount device over center of front axle and offset 12 -in. from outside edge of each tire. 3. Construct subgrade surface for test to within 4 -in. of design cross section and profile, and free of marks, tracks, ruts, or ridges. 4. Protect structures from damage caused by test roller. 5. Test roll entire length and width of pavement subgrade in presence of the Owner at operating speed from 2.5 -mph to 5 -mph. Roll first pass with outside wheel at edge of test area, and offset subsequent passes with one wheel centered between wheel path of previous pass, until surface is covered at approximately 4 -ft. interval between center of each pass. 6. Owner shall observe testing from behind roller, measure deflection using device on truck from top of unrolled surface to bottom of rut at time of rolling, and mark and record failing areas immediately. 7. Subgrade deflection shall not exceed 2 -in. E. Perform corrective work on failing areas when test results indicate specified values where not attained. F. Coordinate and pay for re- testing following corrective work. All subsequent Work placed before corrective work and passing retest constitutes Unauthorized Work. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2200 - Page 7 of 8 3.09 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Dispose of waste and excess soil material offsite and under conditions that are in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations at own cost. B. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this Work and post warning lights. Operate warning lights during hours of dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. C. Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. D. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. E. Repair disturbed areas and compact to required density prior to subsequent Work. F. Protect areas that have been finish graded from subsequent construction operations, traffic, and erosion. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION 3112200 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2200 - Page 8 of 8 SECTION 31 2317 TRENCHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to trench, backfill, and compact Site for underground utilities as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. B. All removal and disposal required; sheeting, shoring and bracing; source quality control testing and other Work required under this Section shall be considered incidental to Project and no claim for compensation or extra work will be accepted. C. No claim for additional payment will be accepted for excavation and fill required for removal of unsuitable material of up to 12 -in. below bottom of foundation, 12 -in. below bottom of structural fill, or 12 -in. below minimum excavation limit indicated on Drawings, whichever results in greater excavation and fill. D. Excavation and fill required for removal of unsuitable material deeper than above limits will be paid for as Extra Work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Structure: Existing and new man -made features including, but not limited to buildings foundations, slabs, pump stations, manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, retaining walls, and other structural elements and systems. B. Topsoil: Organic soil material, typically found at top of soil horizon and black in color. C. Rock Excavation: Material including hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding 1- cu.yd. in volume that requires drilling, or ripping before excavation. Material such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator are not classified as Rock Excavation. D. Suitable Subsoil Material: Excavated material that will provide for indicated soil bearing capacity, soil densities, material requirements and that, in opinion of soil testing laboratory, will not be subject to future decomposition, settlement, subsidence, expansion, and are otherwise of required soil type. E. Unsuitable Subsoil Material: Excavated material that will not provide for indicated soil bearing capacity and soil densities and that in opinion of soil testing laboratory will be subject to future decomposition, settlement, subsidence, expansion, and are otherwise not of required soil type, as well as material that exceeds 1- cu.yd. in volume, cannot be re -used within project limits, and in opinion of the Owner requires special means for handling and disposal including but are not limited to organic soils, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry, concrete fragments, and metals. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CEAM Specification Section 2600 - Trench Excavation and Backfill /Surface Restoration; 2013. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certification: Certificate of compliance for all materials, supplies, and equipment provided. B. Lab Test Reports: As specified; include source of each material tested and date sampled. 1. Gradation 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stockpiles: 1. Place material on Site at location approved by Owner until required for incorporation into Work. 2. Locate to limit additional loading or soil pressure on Site excavations and structures. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2317 - Page 1 of 6 3. Place, grade, and shape for proper drainage. 4. Limit depth not to exceed 8 -ft. 5. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 6. Prevent material contamination. 7. Protect from erosion and deterioration of materials. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Correct defective Work within correction period after Date of Substantial Completion. 1. Assume full responsibility and expense for all settlement, and refill and restore Work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition regardless of location. 2. Settlement of pavement areas in excess of 1 -in., as measured by a 10 -ft. straight edge shall be considered failure of mechanical compaction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Granular material for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other utility construction purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag that shall be so graded as to meet gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use by material manufacturer or as indicated in Contract Documents. B. Foundation: 1. Material placed below bottom of pipe grade as recommended by the Owner or soils testing laboratory as replacement for unsuitable or unstable subsoils, to achieve improved foundation support. 2. Shall have 100% by weight passing 1.5 -in. sieve and a maximum of 10% by weight passing No. 4 sieve. Not less than 50% of material by weight that is retained on No. 4 sieve shall have 1 or more crushed faces. Hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may be used. C. Bedding: 1. Material placed below pipe springline, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. For flexible pipe installation, placed below pipe springline to a point 6 -in. below bottom of pipe or 25% of diameter below pipe, whichever is greater. 2. Shall meet requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2B1, Granular Borrow, except that 100% by weight shall pass 1 -in. sieve. D. Encasement: 1. Material placed from an elevation 12 -in. above top of pipe to pipe springline, after pipe installation, for protection of pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. 2. Shall meet requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2131, Granular Borrow, except that 100% by weight shall pass 1 -in. sieve. E. Backfill: 1. Material placed below pavement base course, or below topsoil in turf establishment areas, to an elevation 12 -in. above top of pipe at top of encasement material, as second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. 2. Shall consist of suitable existing trench subsoil materials, except as otherwise specified in Contract Documents. Suitable subsoil material shall include mineral soil free of foreign materials (rubbish, organics, and debris), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable material that may damage pipe, prevent thorough compaction, or increase risk of settlement. F. Coarse Filter Aggregate: 1. Material placed from an elevation 12 -in. above top of pipe to 6 -in. below bottom of pipe for pipe support and protection, and to help facilitate proper subsoil drainage. 2. Shall meet requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2.H, - Coarse Filter Aggregate. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2317 - Page 2 of 6 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate and pay for independent testing agency to perform Source Quality Control tests, and submit test reports to the Owner and Contractor per the following. 1. Obtain samples for testing from material in stock at locations and by methods approved by the Owner. 2. Provide 1 gradation test of each aggregate material used as utility foundation, bedding, or encasement. 3. Perform tests no more than 90 calendar days before Notice of Award. B. Coordinate and pay to re -test material failing a test, or provide alternate acceptable material as necessary to satisfy the Owner that requirements are met. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Determine to own satisfaction of location and nature of surface and subsurface obstacles and soil and water conditions that will be encountered during Work. 1. Test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at own expense to make such determinations. 2. Make arrangements for soil investigations with Owner when applicable. 3. Claims for additional payment due of nature of subsurface in which Work of this Section is performed, or for repairs made to subgrade related to weather will not be permitted. B. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for Work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Refer to Section 32 1213 - Bituminous Tack Coat for additional requirements pertaining to excavating, filling, and grading Work. B. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. C. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. D. Locate, identify, and protect from damage above- and below -grade utilities to remain. E. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities if necessary. F. Prevent interruption of existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, except when allowed by utility owner and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 1. Provide temporary services, complying with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations, and as acceptable to Owner, during any interruptions. G. Protect site features to remain, including but not limited to bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs, from lateral movement, settlement, undermining, washout, and other undesirable conditions created by Work. H. Maintain full access to project exits and entrances, fire hydrants, street crossings, sidewalks, and other points as designated by Owner to prevent significant interruption of accessibility. I. Maintain existing site drainage ways or provide new paths of drainage as required to perform Work. J. Protect trees, plants, lawns, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping by providing substantial fencing around area. Place fencing for trees at outer drip line of branches; no grading is to be performed inside drip line. 3.03 SOIL REMOVAL AND STOCKPILING A. Stockpile excavated topsoil for re -used on Site; remove excess from Site. B. Stockpile excavated suitable subsoil material for re -used on Site; remove excess from Site. C. Remove excavated unsuitable subsoil material from Site. 3.04 TRENCHING A. Remove topsoil from utility trench area, without mixing with foreign materials. B. Do not remove topsoil when wet. C. Remove subsoil from utility trench area. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2317 - Page 3 of 6 D. Do not remove wet subsoil, unless it is subsequently processed to obtain optimum moisture content. E. Reserve and segregate all suitable subsoil material, granular material, and topsoil from other materials and stockpile to extent practicable during excavation operations to permit best use of available materials at time of filling. Handle material as described incidental to Project with no additional compensation provided unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents. F. Handle surplus material following filling as specified above. G. When trenching through roots, perform Work to limit root disturbance and cut exposed roots clean with sharp tool. H. Slope sides of trenches as required to provide stability and to comply with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. Shore and brace trenches when required by Project conditions. I. Utilize cofferdams, steel sheet piling, shoring, underpinning, and other systems required to prevent damage to existing utilities and structures, settlement, slope stability problems, and undermining. J. Remove construction related protection systems after use is complete, in manner that will not loosen or damage soils, create slope stability problems, and otherwise damage existing or new utilities and structures. K. Leave construction related protection systems in place subject to approval of the Owner, when removal would create potential for damage to soil conditions, utilities, or structures. L. Cut trench meeting the following requirements for locations where cover over top of utility pipe will exceed 15 -ft.: 1. For portion of trench below point 12 -in. above top of pipe, provide nearly vertical side slopes. 2. Excavate trench bottom width sufficient to allow for inspection of installation, and proper compaction of encasement material. 3. Excavate trench bottom for utility pipes of diameter less than 42 -in. to maximum width of outside utility pipe diameter plus 24 -in. 4. Excavate trench bottom for utility pipes of diameter from 42 -in. to 54 -in. to maximum width of 1.5 times outside diameter of utility pipe. 5. Excavate trench bottom for utility pipes of diameter greater than 54 -in. to maximum width of outside utility pipe diameter plus 36 -in. M. Provide higher class of bedding, higher strength pipe, or both as directed by the Owner at own expense if maximum trench widths above are exceeded. N. Do not disturb soil materials at or below utility bedding limits. Trench by hand when necessary to prevent damage to subsoil material to remain. O. Do not interfere with 2:1 (H:V) bearing splay of structural foundations, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. P. Trim utility bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid dense base of required bearing capacity. Q. Trenching of unsuitable subsoil material encountered when establishing grade elevations shall be to depth recommended by the Owner or soils testing laboratory beneath utilities to obtain design bearing capacity. Material excavation and handling to be considered incidental to foundation. R. Removal of materials beyond required subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific approval of the Owner or soils testing laboratory as well as filling, compaction, and remedial work recommended at over excavated area shall be at own expense. S. Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. T. Use of explosives for rock excavation, when applicable, is not permitted. U. Rock excavation for construction of utilities, when applicable, shall be to depth 6 -in. below required invert elevation of utility to allow for placement of specified bedding materials. All rock excavated shall be considered unsuitable subsoil material and removed from Site. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2317 - Page 4 of 6 V. Dewater trenches as necessary for Performance of Work according to Section 31 2319 - Dewatering. W. Grade top perimeter of trenches to prevent surface water from draining into trench. X. Notify the Owner immediately of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area. Allow reasonable amount of time for the Owner to make assessment of conditions and determine alternate means of construction if necessary. As a minimum, the Owner shall be allowed one Working Day from time of notification to make assessment and determination of alternate Work without submitting a Change Proposal for adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. Y. Maintain trenches and prevent loose soil from falling into trench until ready to backfill. 3.05 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING A. Do not proceed with backfilling of trenches until completion of the following: 1. Observation, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground utilities. 2. Removal of shoring, bracing, other protection systems, and backfilling and compaction of voids left by their removals. 3. Removal of unsuitable subsoil materials, construction related debris, and excess materials. B. Employ placement methods that do not disturb or damage other Work. C. Backfill to subgrade elevation within specified tolerances unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not place backfill on muddy surfaces, frozen ground, or on materials containing frost or ice. E. Do not place backfill on or in water. F. Verify ability of structures to support loads imposed by backfill. G. Backfill all trenches by end of Working Day unless another method of protecting trench while Work is not being performed is approved by the Owner. H. Placement and Compaction: 1. Place backfill materials in compacted layers of thickness required to obtain specified soil densities. 2. Limit backfill layer thickness to 8 -in. in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and 4 -in. in loose depth for material compacted by hand operated tampers unless soil density tests substantiate specified densities will be obtained when material is placed in thicker lifts. 3. Place backfill material in lifts uniformly to same approximate elevation, not exceeding final grade height, in manner required to prevent creation of unbalanced soil lateral pressures, wedging action of materials, soil pressures that exceed design lateral soil conditions, and damage to structures. 4. Apply water or aerate each backfill layer to extent required to obtain optimum moisture content required for indicated compaction density. I. Prevent free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. J. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. K. Compact each backfill layer to required density specified for each area classification. L. Hand tamp or utilize hand operated vibratory equipment when required to compact backfill material placed immediately adjacent to structures. M. Do not place additional fill layers until density of each layer in place complies with compaction requirements. N. Compact backfill to minimum 100% of maximum dry unit weight per ASTM D698 (standard Proctor test) in upper 3 -ft. under pavement subgrade. O. Compact backfill to minimum 95% of maximum dry unit weight per ASTM D698 (standard Proctor test) in areas not indicated above. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of pavement subgrade: Plus 0.05 -ft. to minus 0.10 -ft. from Drawing elevation. B. Top Surface of building slab subgrade: Plus or minus 0.05 -ft. from Drawing elevation. C. Top Surface of turfed area subgrade: Plus or minus 0.10 -ft. from Drawing elevation. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2317 - Page 5 of 6 D. Top Surface of turfed area finish grade: Plus or minus 0.10 -ft. from Drawing elevation. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate for Owner's independent testing agency to perform density testing per the following: 1. Obtain samples for testing from material in place at locations and by methods approved by the Owner. 2. Perform soil density tests per ASTM D698 (standard Proctor test) at not less than the following frequencies for indicated areas unless field conditions substantiate that frequency can be modified, and modification is approved by the Owner. 3. Include in test reports project identification name and number, date of test, name of Contractor, name of testing laboratory, location of test including elevation, soil type, density obtained, and moisture content. 4. Report verbal test results to the Owner and Contractor on same day tests are made. 5. Submit test reports to the Owner and Contractor as soon as available. 6. Soil density shall meet or exceed values specified above for backfill at specific locations. B. Perform corrective work on failing areas when test results indicate specified values where not attained. C. Coordinate and pay for re- testing following corrective work. All subsequent Work placed before corrective work and passing retest constitutes Unauthorized Work. 3.08 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Dispose of waste and excess soil material offsite and under conditions that are in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations at own cost. B. Barricade open trenches occurring as part of this Work and post warning lights. Operate warning lights during hours of dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. C. Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into trenches; maintain soil stability. D. Protect bottom of trenches from freezing. E. Repair disturbed areas and compact to required density prior to subsequent Work. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2317 - Page 6 of 6 SECTION 31 2319 DEWATERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary I to subsurface dewatering systems as necessary. All work required shall be incental to the project and no additional compensation shall be allowed. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate compliance with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, State, and local requirements pertaining to groundwater dewatering. B. Obtain required permits for Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. Design Requirements: 1. Design dewatering system subject to requirements of this Section. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Dewatering systems shall provide for the following: a. Prevent flotation, uplift pressures, increased water pressures, and hydrostatic soil pressures, heaving, settlements, shifting, and related damage of existing or new structures, utilities, site items, and property. b. Maintain excavations free of water to extent required for Work and observations of these areas by the Owner and soil testing laboratory. c. Prevent loss of soil material, boils, movement of fines, slope stability problems, undermining, and other disturbances to existing soils and rock formations. d. Prevent surface water and dewatering discharge related damages. e. Coordinate with surface water control systems. f. Conform to applicable government regulations and accepted engineering and construction practice. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine Project Site and conditions under which dewatering Work is to be performed. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. B. Locate, identify, and protect from damage above- and below -grade utilities to remain. C. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities if necessary. D. Prevent interruption of existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, except when allowed by utility owner and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 1. Provide temporary services, complying with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations, and as acceptable to Owner, during any interruptions. E. Protect site features to remain, including but not limited to bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs, from lateral movement, settlement, undermining, washout, and other undesirable conditions created by Work. F. Maintain full access to project exits and entrances, fire hydrants, street crossings, sidewalks, and other points as designated by Owner to prevent significant interruption of accessibility. G. Maintain existing site drainage ways or provide new paths of drainage as required to perform Work. H. Protect trees to remain by providing substantial fencing around entire tree at outer drip line of branches; no grading is to be performed inside drip line. I. Protect plants, lawns, and other features to remain as a portion of final landscaping. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 31 2319 - Page 1 of 2 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect against damages caused by dewatering operations and damages caused by inadequate dewatering or water removal. B. Damages to new and existing Work within Project or on adjacent property caused by dewatering operations, flooding, groundwater, subsurface water, surface water and other damage caused by dewatering operations or failure to protect against damages shall be repaired at own cost. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION A. Conduct dewatering operations so as to prevent groundwater, subsurface water, flooding, and surface water from flowing into excavations, trenches, and surrounding areas until excavation, trenching, backfilling, and compaction Work is complete and until finished Work and adjacent structures are safe from damage. B. Conduct dewatering operations continuously, without interruption, and take measures necessary including, but not limited to, providing standby equipment and constant monitoring to assure system remains operational and effective throughout dewatering period. C. Continue dewatering operations until each structure or utility on Project Site is safe from damage, buoyancy, uplift, and increased hydraulic pressures or soil hydrostatic pressures which may develop as a result of dewatering operations, or when dewatering operations are reduced, interrupted, or stopped, and until the following: 1. Structures, structural elements, soils, equipment, and other systems that will be resisting buoyancy, uplift, soil hydrostatic pressures, and water pressures are complete, in place, and structural materials have achieved their specified design and 28 -day compressive strengths. D. Shut off dewatering system at such rate to prevent quick upsurge of water, which may weaken underlying sub grade or surrounding soil. E. Maintain drainage where drainage ways are obstructed by dewatering operations. F. Prevent water accumulation in excavations and trenches. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades, foundations, and adjacent existing structures. 1. Maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, temporary drainage ditches outside excavation limits, sheeting, and other dewatering systems and diversions necessary to convey water away from excavations, trenches, utilities, and adjacent structures. G. Do not use excavations or trenches as temporary drainage ditches. H. Provide detention, water quality, and discharge facilities for water from excavations, trenches, and dewatering operations as required by Federal, State, and local laws and regulations before discharging. END OF SECTION 31 2319 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2319 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 31 2500 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental as indicated in Contract Documents to: 1. Prevent, control, minimize, or abate pollution of air, land and water. 2. Prevent erosion. 3. Prevent sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and sewers. 4. Manage storm water runoff and Project related discharges to prevent sediment pollution. 5. Manage discharges associated with dewatering and basin draining activities. 6. Restore areas eroded due to insufficient BMPs. 7. Implement SWPPP in compliance with Contract Documents and MPCA General Permit. 8. Compensate Owner for fines levied by authorities having jurisdiction due to non - compliance by Contractor. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. AES: Areas of Environmental Sensitivity. B. BMPs: Best Management Practices for temporary storm water management & erosion and sediment control. C. MPCA: Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. D. MPCA General Permit: MPCA Permit No: R100001; General Permit Authorization to Discharge Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity Under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System / State Disposal System Program, Issued August 2013. E. NOT: Notice of Termination to MPCA General Permit. F. NPDES: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System G. Operator: Shall be Contractor (for MPCA permit process). H. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 1717 - Air, Land and Water Pollution; 2014. B. MnDOT Specification Section 2573 - Stormwater Management; 2014. C. MPCA General Permit; 2013. D. Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas - Best Management Practices for Dealing with Storm Water Runoff from Urban, Suburban and Developing areas of Minnesota; MPCA; 2000. E. Minnesota Stormwater Manual (website), hftp://stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.phpiMain_Page 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with all requirements of MPCA General Permit when operations disturb 1 -acre or more of land area. B. Do not begin clearing, grading, or other Work involving disturbance of ground surface cover until MPCA General Permit has been obtained when applicable; furnish Owner documentation required to obtain permit. C. Owner shall: 1. Develop a SWPPP 2. Submit on -line MPCA General Permit application form as 'owner" with appropriate fee. 3. Comply with "owner" requirements of MPCA General Permit. 4. Withhold payment to Contractor equivalent to all fines resulting from non - compliance with applicable regulations. D. Contractor shall: 1. Cosign MPCA General Permit as "operator ". 2. Comply with 'operator" requirements of MPCA General Permit. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 1 of 10 3. Postpone all land disturbance Work on Site until 7 calendar days after Owner's on -line MPCA General Permit application form submittal. 4. Conduct inspections and maintain log. 5. Maintain SWPPP on site at all times (See MPCA website for more information: www.pca.state_mn.us). 6. Make SWPPP and inspection records available to federal, state, and local officials within 72 -hr. upon request for duration of permit and for 3 -yr. following NOT. 7. Submit NOT within 30 calendar days of final stabilization. E. Conduct operations to prevent, control and abate pollution of air, land and water per adopted and established Federal, State, and local rules, regulations and standards of the following as a minimum: 1. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 2. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. 3. Minnesota Department of Transportation. 4. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 5. City of Columbia Heights. F. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on BMPs and accessories. C. Preliminary Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan: 1. Submit not less than 2 weeks prior to anticipated start of clearing, grading, or other Work involving disturbance of ground surface cover. 2. Include: a. Site plan identifying soils and vegetation, existing erosion problems, and areas vulnerable to erosion due to topography, soils, vegetation, or drainage. b. Site plan indicating grading; new improvements; temporary roads, traffic accesses, and other temporary construction; and proposed BMPs. c. Where extensive areas of soil will be disturbed, include storm water flow and volume calculations, soil loss predictions, and proposed BMPs. d. Preliminary schedule of BMPs, in relation to ground disturbing activities. e. Other information required by law. f. Format required by law is acceptable, provided any additional information specified is also included. 3. Obtain approval of Plan by authorities having jurisdiction and Owner. D. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Schedule: 1. Submit weekly. 2. Include: a. Proposed BMPs and timing of installation. b. Grading operations. c. Maintenance or repair required on BMPs. d. Proposed BMPs during periods of suspension of Work. E. Water Treatment Plan: When applicable. F. Inspection Reports: 1. Submit report of each inspection for Project closeout or more often as requested by the Owner. 2. Include condition of BMPs and required maintenance or repair. G. Maintenance Instructions: Provide instructions covering inspection and maintenance of BMPs to remain after Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Water Treatment: MnDOT 3875 B. Bale Barrier: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 2 of 10 1. Mulch: MnDOT 3882, Type 1 or 3 2. Size: 14 -in. x 18 -in. x 36 -in. (minimum) 3. Densely packed and tightly wrapped with two strands of twine or wire. C. Silt Fence: 1. Type Machine Sliced (MS) consisting of a woven geotextile fabric installed by machine and supported by steel posts. a. Fabric: MnDOT Specification 3886 b. Posts: MnDOT 3403, steel with weight of 1.25-lb./ft, length of 5 -ft., embedment of 24 -in., and spacing of 6 -ft. c. Fasteners: Plastic zip ties with tensile strength of at least 50 lb. 2. Type Hand Installed (HI) consisting of a woven geotextile fabric installed by hand and supported by steel posts. a. Fabric: MnDOT Specification 3886 b. Posts: MnDOT 3403, steel with weight of 1.25-lb./ft., length of 5 -ft., embedment of 24 -in., and spacing of 6 -ft. c. Fasteners: Plastic zip ties with tensile strength of at least 50 lb. 3. Type Pre - Assembled (PA) consisting of a woven geotextile fabric supported by wood posts pre- attached to fabric. a. Fabric: MnDOT Specification 3886 b. Posts: 2 -in. by 2 -in. hardwood with length of 4 -ft., embedment of 18 -in., and spacing of 5 -ft. D. Flotation Silt Curtain: MnDOT 3887 E. Sediment Control Log: MnDOT 3897 F. Flocculants: MnDOT 3898 G. Filter Berm: MnDOT 3874 H. Temporary Rock Construction Exit: 1. Crushed Stone: MnDOT 3601, Washed Class I riprap 2. Geotextile Fabric: MnDOT 3733, Type 5 - for separation of soil materials as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR A. Provide Erosion Control Supervisor with valid Minnesota Construction Site Management certification, authorized to represent Contractor on matters pertaining to Erosion and Stormwater Management, Work in public waters, MPCA General Permit compliance, and available to Site within 24 -hr. of initial disturbance and daily when Work is taking place until final stabilization. B. Duties of Erosion Control Supervisor include the following: 1. Amend SWPPP prior to beginning Work to identify Contractor's Erosion Control Supervisor as responsible party for implementation of SWPPP. 2. Implement SWPPP until Work is complete, entire Site has undergone Final Stabilization, and NOT has been submitted to MPCA. 3. Ensure proper installation, functionality, and maintenance, clean -up, and removal of all erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs. 4. Implement erosion and sediment control schedule. 5. Coordinate Work of subcontractors and ensure full execution of BMPs for each operation and stage of Work. 6. Oversee Work of subcontractors and ensure subcontractors undertake BMPs at each stage of Work. 7. Prepare required weekly erosion control schedule and inspections with dates and times. 8. Attend construction meetings to discuss erosion control schedule and inspections. 9. Prepare erosion and sediment control Site Management Plans as required by Contract Documents or as directed by the Owner. 10. Provide for BMPs for temporary Work necessary, but not indicated on Drawings. 11. Ensure effective BMPs are in place, recommend changes to SWPPP for the Owner's approval, and amend SWPPP to document changes. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 3 of 10 12. Ensure acquisition of and compliance with applicable permits for borrow pits, dewatering, and temporary Work in rivers, lakes and streams. 13. Ensure full installation of BMPs before suspension of Work. 14. Coordinate with federal, state, and local regulatory agencies on resolution of erosion and sediment control issues resulting from Work. 15. Ensure that proper cleanup occurs from vehicle tracking on paved surface locations where sediment leaves Site. 16. Ensure daily compliance with environmental laws, permits, and SWPPP narrative requirement. 17. Ensure certification of installers for operations per MnDOT 2573.2.A.2, "Certified Installers ". 3.02 CERTIFIED INSTALLERS A. Provide at least one installer with a valid Minnesota Inspector or Installer Certification at time of installation. B. Failure to provide required certified installer may result in the Owner rejecting Work as unauthorized work per Contract Documents. 3.03 SCOPE A. Provide access for and cooperate with representatives of the Owner and meet any other requirements if so directed. B. Examine Site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible. C. Delineate areas of Site not to be disturbed before Work begins. D. Install BMPs down gradient before, or in conjunction, with soil disturbing activities. E. Schedule Work to minimize amount of time disturbed soil surfaces are left exposed per MPCA General Permit requirements or more stringent requirements of local jurisdiction. F. Provide and maintain BMPs as required by Contract Documents and per permits required for Work. G. Adjust location of BMPs as necessary to maximize effectiveness of each device or measure. H. Schedule and phase construction in and around AES, as indicated on Drawings to minimize potential of sediment entering into these areas. Use measures such as hand clearing and grubbing, limiting bare soil exposure time, expediting construction activities, and immediately establishing final vegetation to minimize sediment loss potential. I. Provide erosion control and velocity dissipation BMPs within and along constructed stormwater channels to provide a non - erosive flow velocity, to minimize erosion of channels and embankments, outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream waters during discharge conditions. J. Stabilize normal wetted perimeter of any temporary or permanent drainage channel that drains water from any portion of Site, or diverts water around Site, within 200 lineal feet from property edge, or from point of discharge into any surface water. Stabilization of last 200 lineal feet shall be completed within 24 -hr. of connecting to surface water or property edge. K. Stabilize remaining portions of any temporary or permanent drainage channels within 14 calendar days after connecting to surface water or property edge and Work in that portion of channel has temporarily or permanently ceased. L. Temporary or permanent drainage channels being used as sediment containment systems with properly designed ditch checks, bio rolls, silt dikes, etc. do not need to be stabilized during temporary period of use as sediment containment system. Area shall be stabilized within 24 -hr. after removal of temporary sediment containment measures. M. Application of mulch, hydromulch, tackifier, polyacrylamide or similar erosion prevention practices is not acceptable stabilization of any temporary or permanent drainage channel. N. Provide temporary or permanent energy dissipation BMPs at pipe outlets within 24 -hr. of connecting to surface waters. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 4 of 10 O. Direct discharges from BMPs to vegetated areas of Site (including natural buffers) to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration unless infeasible due to lack of pervious or vegetated areas. P. Provide a water treatment plan for pumping or dewatering of turbid or sediment laden water. Submit water treatment plan to the Owner before pumping. Do not begin Work until the Owner approves water treatment plan. Contractor may include use of sediment traps, vegetative filter strips, flocculants, or other water treatments per MnDOT 3875, "Water Treatments," in water treatment plan. Q. Protect discharge location of any pumping or dewatering process from erosion. Unless otherwise required by Contract Documents, provide and install BMPs to control erosion and suspend sediment during dewatering or pumping operation. R. Recover sediment and restore property to pre- existing conditions at own cost when sediment loss from Site occurs. S. In all cases, if permanent preventive measures have been installed, temporary BMPs are not required. T. Storm Water Runoff: 1. Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface cover due to construction activities. 2. Prevent runoff into sewer systems, including open drainage channels, in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less. 3. Anticipate runoff volume due to most extreme short term rainfall events that might occur in 25 -yr. U. Erosion On Site: 1. Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on Site due to construction activities. 2. Control movement of sediment from temporary soil stockpiles. 3. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic. 4. Restore eroded areas at no cost to Owner if erosion occurs due to non - compliance with these requirements. V. Erosion Off Site: 1. Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused by water leaving Site due to construction activities. 2. Prevent windblown soil from leaving Site. 3. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside Site. 4. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements. 5. Restore eroded areas at no cost to Owner if erosion occurs due to non - compliance with these requirements. W. Sedimentation of Waterways On and Off Site: 1. Prevent sedimentation of waterways on and off Site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, and sewers. 2. Unless Project has received approval or certification for depositing fill into a surface water, remove sediment deposits within surface waters and restabilize exposed soil area within 7 calendar days of discovery unless precluded by legal, regulatory, or physical access restraints. If precluded, perform removal and restabilization within 7 calendar days of obtaining access. Contractor is responsible for contacting all local, regional, State, and Federal authorities before working within surface waters and obtaining applicable permits. X. Open Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant. Y. Shape exposed soil and incorporate BMPs as approved by the Owner before suspending grading operations. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Temporary Sediment Basins and Traps: 1. Construct temporary sediment basins concurrently with start of soil disturbing activities when required. 2. Direct storm water run off from localized watershed to basins. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 5 of 10 3. Mulch, seed, or both, exposed side slopes of basins meeting MPCA and regulatory requirements. B. Temporary Rock Construction Exit: 1. Provide and use at construction exit to public right -of -way. Location indicated on Drawings is for reference only. Actual location to be determined by Contractor. 2. Width: As required; 25 -ft. minimum. 3. Length: 40 -ft. minimum. 4. Excavate minimum of 8 -in. 5. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12 -in. overlap at joints. 6. Place and compact at least 8 -in. of MnDOT Class I riprap. 7. Prevent excessive tracking of mud onto right -of -way when necessary as determined by the Owner by providing wheel washing area out of direct traffic lane with drain into sediment trap or alternate Owner approved BMP. C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of bale barriers, silt fences, sediment control logs, or filter berms. 1. Provide linear sediment barriers: a. Where indicated on Drawings, as directed by the Owner, and as necessary. b. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles, and parallel to contour of land, with ends wrapped uphill to prevent flow around them. c. Along top of slope or top bank of drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas. d. Along toe of cut slopes and fill slopes. e. Perpendicular to flow across bottom of existing and new drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas or carry runoff from disturbed areas; space at maximum of 200 -ft. apart (at maximum of 60 m apart). f. Across entrances to culverts that receive runoff from disturbed areas. 2. Space sediment barriers with the following maximum slope length upslope from barrier: a. Slope of less than 2 %: 100 -ft. (30 m) b. Slope between 2 and 5 %: 75 -ft. (23 m) c. Slope between 5 and 10 %: 50 -ft. (15 m) d. Slope between 10 and 20 %: 25 -ft. (7.5 m) e. Slope over 20 %: 15 -ft. (4.5 m) D. Silt Fence- 1 . Store and handle fabric per ASTM D4873. 2. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specified. 3. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping at least 18 -in. (460 mm), with extra post. 4. Type Machine Sliced (MS) a. Mechanically install geotextile with salvaged edge on top. b. Place geotextile directly behind soil - slicing blade as it works to achieve consistent placement and depth. Do not plow soil if using slicing method. c. Roll wheels of a tractor or skid steer on each side of geotextile at least 2 times to compact soil immediately next to geotextile. d. Install posts adjacent to back face of geotextile with studs facing away from geotextile fabric. e. Secure each post by inserting three plastic zip ties through geotextile. 5. Type Hand Installed (HI) a. Install geotextile by hand in areas inaccessible by a machine. b. Place geotextile into a trench 6 in deep and 6 in wide with bottom edge of geotextile wrapping back up to soil surface. Backfill and tamp trench for compaction. c. Install posts adjacent to back face of geotextile with studs facing away from geotextile fabric. d. Secure each post by inserting three plastic zip ties through geotextile. 6. Type Preassembled (PA): a. Install preassembled silt fence with attached wooden stakes in small areas less then 1/4 -acre. b. Pound stakes at least 18 -in. into ground. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 6 of 10 c. Install geotextile with salvaged edge on top. d. Place bottom edge of geotextile into a trench 6 in deep and 6 in wide. e. Backfill and tamp trench for compaction. E. Bale Barrier: 1. Trench bales into ground 4 -in. and stake with two wood stakes of length allowing placement of stake so top remains flush with top of bale when embedded into ground at least 10 -in. F. Filter Berm: 1. Provide along contour of slope and perpendicular to sheet flow for slope breaks and perimeter control. 2. Provide so beginning and end of installation points slightly up slope to create a "J" shape at each end to contain runoff from above and prevent it from flowing around ends of berm. 3. Provide at top of slope to control velocity of flow running onto slope, and to spread runoff out into sheet flow for slopes that receive runoff from above. 4. Provide perpendicular to ditch gradient for ditch checks such that top of berm in middle of ditch is lower in elevation than bottom of terminating points on ditch side slopes. 5. Immediately seed compost filter berms upon installation. G. Sediment Control Log: 1. Prepare shallow trench for sediment control log to be placed. 2. Backfill and compact upgrade side of sediment control log with soil. 3. Stake log through back half of log at 45- degree angle with top of stake pointed upstream. Space stakes every 2 -ft. minimum. 4. If using more than one sediment control log for length, overlap ends 6 -in. and stake both ends. 5. For ditch checks, place log perpendicular to flow and in a crescent shape with ends facing upstream. 6. Use logs with a center section of ditch check one log diameter lower than ends. Space stakes every 12 -in. minimum. H. Flotation Silt Curtain: 1. Provide flotation silt curtain meeting following requirements: a. Contains connecting device at each end for joining sections together with a depth to reach bottom of water body, and designed to prevent silt from permeating through connection and strength necessary to prevent ripping out 2. Secure both ends of Light Duty Floating Silt Curtain per MnDOT 3887, "Floatation Silt Curtain ", to land with steel fence posts per MnDOT 3403, "Hot - Rolled Steel Fence Posts ", and extend curtain at 45- degree angle from both ends. 3. Anchor curtain in still water with at least 40 -lb. anchors at intervals no greater than 100 -ft. along length of curtain. 4. Anchor curtain in moving water with at least 300 -lb. anchors at intervals no greater than 50 -ft. along length of curtain. 5. Mark each anchor with buoy in navigable waters. 6. Keep curtain as tight to Work area or shoreline as possible not to exceed one -fourth of stream width. Culvert and Drainage Pipe End Controls: 1. Provide for median culverts, centerline culverts, box culverts, and drainage pipe inlets consisting of BMPs and devices for temporary impoundment and treatment of construction stormwater upstream. 2. Protect culvert and drainage pipe inlet ends with sediment capture devices before soil disturbing activities that would result in sediment laden storm water runoff entering culvert. 3. Protect culvert and drainage pipe outlet ends with energy dissipation devices, transition devices, or both to reduce erosion and sediment loss while reducing velocity of water exiting culvert within 24 -hr. of connection to surface water. 4. Leave installed devices in place for as long as culvert is functioning. 5. Prevent or minimize potential for unsafe, flooding, or siltation problems. 6. Provide devices with emergency overflow features to reduce flooding potential. 7. Place devices in a manner that does not create driving hazards or obstructions. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 7 of 10 8. Remove sediment deposited in, or plugging, drainage systems at no additional cost to Owner. 9. Clean out devices regularly. 10. Maintain devices until Contract is completed. J. Storm Drain Inlet Protection: 1. Implement BMPs to protect all given inlets throughout Work to prevent passage of sediments into and through underground drainage systems. 2. Protect storm drain inlets, including manholes, catch basins, curb inlets, and other drop type inlets constructed for ingress of surface water runoff into underground drainage systems. 3. Protect storm drain inlets with sediment capture BMPs before soil disturbing activities result in sediment laden storm water runoff entering inlet. 4. Provide effective storm drain inlet protection until completion of paving or stabilizing of sources with potential for discharging to an inlet. 5. Prevent or minimize potential for unsafe flooding or siltation problems. 6. Regularly clean out BMPs and provide emergency overflow to reduce flooding potential. 7. Place BMPs without creating driving hazards or obstructions. K. Storm Drain Curb Inlet Sediment Trap: 1. Provide for any inlet with potential to receive stormwater runoff from Site. 2. Manufactured drop in product: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Filter fabric wrapped around hollow concrete blocks blocking entire inlet face area; use one piece of fabric wrapped at least 1 -1/2 times around concrete blocks and secured to prevent dislodging; orient cores of blocks so runoff passes into inlet. 4. Bale barrier blocking entire inlet face area; anchor into pavement. L. Storm Drain Drop Inlet Sediment Traps: 1. As indicated on Drawings. M. Temporary Splash Pads: 1. Stone aggregate over filter fabric; size to suit application; provide at downspout outlets and storm water outlets. N. Stockpiles and berms: 1. Provide and maintain perimeter protection as necessary. 2. No stockpiles containing more than 10- cu.yd. of material shall be located with a down -slope drainage length of less than 25 -ft. from the toe of pile to a roadway or drainage channel. 3.05 EMERGENCY WORK A. Conduct Emergency corrective work followed by installation of necessary BMPs within 24 -hr. written notice from the Owner of sudden occurrence of a serious and urgent nature that is beyond normal maintenance of BMPs, and which requires immediate mobilization and movement of necessary personnel, equipment, and materials to emergency site 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. General: 1. Inspect BMPs weekly, within 24 -hr. after end of any storm that produces 1 /2 -in. (13 mm) or more rainfall at Site, and daily during prolonged rainfall. 2. Inspect vehicle exit areas from Site daily and keep clean of excess soil by routine sweeping with the Owner approved pickup broom. 3. Repair or replace plugged, torn, displaced, damaged, or non - functioning BMPs within 24 -hr. of discovery or as soon as practicable as approved by the Owner. 4. Maintain BMPs until permanent measures have been established. 5. Should Contractor fail to provide appropriate BMPs as determined by the Owner, the Owner may issue a written order to Contractor. Contractor shall respond to written order within 24 -hr. with sufficient personnel, equipment, and /or materials and conduct required Work or be subject to a daily Contract Price deduction of $500 for non - compliance, on a calendar day basis. 6. Should installed BMPs fail as determined by the Owner, Contractor shall correct cause of failure and remedy all sediment deposition to fullest extent possible. If corrective action is Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 8 of 10 not taken in a timely manner, Owner may issue a written order to Contractor. Contractor shall respond to written order within 24 -hr. with sufficient personnel, equipment, and /or materials and conduct required Work or be subject to a daily Contract Price deduction of $500 for non - compliance, on a calendar day basis. B. Temporary Sediment Control Devices: 1. Remove sediment from devices such as bale barriers, silt fences, ditch checks, sediment control logs, and perimeter controls weekly and when sediment reaches one -third of height of device. Reshape area as indicated on Drawings. 2. Replace non - functional devices and devices damaged by sediment removal. 3. Perform sediment removal within 24 -hr. of discovery or as soon as field conditions allow access. C. Filter Berms: 1. Remove accumulated sediment or install new berm when sediment reaches one -third of berm height. 2. Expand, enlarge, or augment filter berm with additional BMPs if concentrated flows bypass or breach berm. 3. Add filter material as necessary to maintain dimensions of berm. D. Sediment Basins and Traps: 1. Drain basin and remove sediment when depth of sediment collected in basin reaches 50% of height of riser or 50% of storage volume. 2. Complete drainage and removal within 72 -hr. of discovery or as soon as field conditions allow access. 3. Remove sediment to original designed or excavated grade or as necessary to restore function of BMP. 4. Clean out and shape temporary sedimentation basins intended for use as permanent water quality management basins as indicated on Drawings. E. Storm Drain Inlet Protection Devices: 1. Clean, remove sediment, or replace storm drain inlet protection devices on a routine basis to ensure full functionality of devices for next rainstorm event. F. Culvert End Control Devices: 1. Clean, remove sediment, or replace culvert end control devices on a routine basis to ensure full functionality of devices for next rainstorm event. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove and dispose of BMPs after completing Work unless otherwise required by Contract Documents or directed by the Owner. B. Clean out BMPs that are to remain as permanent measures. C. Place removed sediment in appropriate locations on Site to form suitable surface for turf establishment; do not remove from Site. D. Where removal of BMPs would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces. E. Remove silt curtain upon completion of Work. Do not allow re- suspension of sediment or loss of trash and oil into water during silt curtain removal. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 9 of 10 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 31 2500 - Page 10 of 10 SECTION 32 1123 AGGREGATE BASE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to aggregate base construction of bituminous and concrete surfaced roadways and parking lots as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2211 -Aggregate Base; 2014. B. MnDOT Specification Section 3138 - Aggregate for Surface and Base Courses; 2014. C. MnDOT Specification Section 3733 - Geotextiles; 2014. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on geotextile fabric. C. Lab Test Reports: As specified; include source of each material tested and date sampled. 1. Gradation 2. Percent Crushing 3. Aggregate Quality 4. Bitumen Content PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aggregate Base: 1. MnDOT 3138, Class 5. 2. Recycled bituminous base -- city shall provide material and haul to site in specified area. Contractor shall be responsible for placing and compacting. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate and pay for independent testing agency to perform Source Quality Control testing per the following: 1. Obtain samples for testing from material in stock at locations and by methods approved by the Owner. 2. Provide 1 gradation test of each class of aggregate base. 3. Provide 1 percent crushing test of each class of aggregate base. 4. Provide 1 aggregate quality test of each class of aggregate base. 5. Provide 1 bitumen content test of each class of aggregate base. 6. Perform tests no more than 90 calendar days before Notice of Award. 7. Submit test results to the Owner prior to delivering materials to Site. B. Coordinate and pay to re -test material failing a test, or provide alternate acceptable material as necessary to satisfy the Owner that requirements are met. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Aggregate base construction shall take place only after subgrade condition and grade has been approved by the Owner. B. Construct aggregate base section with material, and to depth indicated on Drawings. C. Construct aggregate base in layers not more than 6 -in. in compacted thickness. D. Use smooth drum compaction equipment to limit surface indentations. E. Eliminate surface indentations at end of each day, including those caused by tractor cleats, and roll surface with steel wheel or rubber tired roller. F. Apply water to base material during mixing and spreading operations so that at time of compaction moisture content meets the following: Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 1123 - Page 1 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 1. Class 3 (< 2.5% bitumen content): > 7% 2. Class 5 (< 2.5% bitumen content): > 5% 3. Classes 3 and 5 (> 2.5% bitumen content): 3% > moisture content < 7% G. Compact aggregate base to 100% of maximum dry unit weight per ASTM D698 (standard Proctor test). H. Do not place surfacing layers until density of base layer in place complies with compaction requirements. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Aggregate Base: Plus or minus 0.05 -ft. from Drawing elevation. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide "Blue Top" stakes at 50 -ft. intervals and changes in grade to confirm that base is constructed to required grades and elevations. Methods other than "Blue Top" staking may be allowed, if approved by the Owner. B. Coordinate for Owner's independent testing agency to perform density testing per the following: 1. Obtain samples for testing from material in place at locations and by methods approved by the Owner. 2. Perform Dynamic Cone Penetration (DCP) Index Method testing at not less than 1 DCP test per 1,000 square yards of material placed. 3. Include in test reports project identification name and number, date of test, name of Contractor, name of testing laboratory, location of test including elevation, base type, density obtained, and moisture content. 4. Report verbal test results to the Owner and Contractor on same day tests are made. 5. Submit test reports to the Owner and Contractor as soon as available. 6. Aggregate density shall meet or exceed value specified above. C. Coordinate for Owner's independent testing agency to observe Contractor roll testing per the following: 1. Provide tandem truck with maximum front axle tire width of 17 -in., maximum rear axle tire width of 11 -in., minimum tire pressure of 80 -psi, minimum legal capacity of 52,000 -lb., and minimum front axle capacity of 20,000 -lb. Load truck such that front axle load is minimum of 16,000 -lb., and total weight of truck and load is minimum of 50,000 -lb. Weigh test roller at independent certified scale facility, and provide documentation to the Owner. 2. Provide deflection measurement device approved by the Owner. Mount device over center of front axle and offset 12 -in. from outside edge of each tire. 3. Construct roadway and parking lot aggregate base for test to design cross section and profile, but prior to tolerancing, and free of marks, tracks, ruts, or ridges. 4. Protect structures from damage caused by test roller. 5. Test roll entire length and width of aggregate base in presence of the Owner at operating speed from 2.5 -mph to 3.5 -mph. Roll first pass with outside wheel at edge of test area, and offset subsequent passes with one wheel centered between wheel path of previous pass, until surface is covered at approximately 4 -ft. interval between center of each pass. 6. The Owner shall observe testing from behind roller, measure deflection using device on truck from top of unrolled surface to bottom of rut at time of rolling, and mark and record failing areas immediately. 7. Aggregate base deflection shall not exceed 0.4 -in. D. Perform corrective work on failing areas when test results indicate specified values where not attained. E. Coordinate and pay for re- testing following corrective work. All subsequent Work placed before corrective work and passing retest constitutes Unauthorized Work. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Dispose of waste and excess material offsite and under conditions that are in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations at own cost. B. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this Work and post warning lights. Operate warning lights during hours of dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 1123 - Page 2 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park C. Repair disturbed areas and compact to required density prior to subsequent Work. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1123 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1123 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 32 1213 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to bituminous tack coat placement as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2357 - Bituminous Tack Coat; 2014. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on emulsified asphalt. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bituminous Material for Tack Coat: 1. Emulsified asphalt CSS -1 or CSS -1h with minimum residual asphalt content of: a. Undiluted: 57% b. Diluted: 40% 2. AASHTO 208 Dilution of emulsion to 7 parts emulsion to 3 parts water is only allowed by supplier. No field dilution is allowed. Storage tank for diluted emulsion must have a recirculation system or agitator to prevent settlement or separation of material. 3. Medium cure cutback asphalt MC -250 during early and late construction season only when anticipated air temperature may drop below 32° F. 4. Bituminous material to be on current MnDOT Certified Source List. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Requirement of MnDOT 2357.3.F for Contractor QA sampling does not apply. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Provide all traffic control necessary to prevent any pickup or tracking of tack material by traveling public. Assume responsibility for any reported property damage resulting from insufficient traffic control measures. B. Remove all foreign matter from pavement surface prior to applying tack coat and properly dispose of as approved by the Owner. C. Apply tack coat only when weather conditions are suitable and surfaces are clean and free of excess moisture as approved by the Owner. D. Limit daily application of tack coat to approximate area on which construction of subsequent bituminous course can reasonably be expected to be completed that day. E. Apply tack coat at rate outlined in following table: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1213 - Page 1 of 2 Tack Coat Application Rates Application Rates (gallons/square yard) Diluted Emulsion Surface Type Undiluted Emulsion MC Cutback` (7.3) New Asphalt 0.05 -0-07 0-08-0-10 0.05 -0-07 Old Asphalt and 0.08 -0.10 0.13 -0-15 0.09 - 0.11 PCC Milled Asphalt and 0-07-0.11 0.10 -0-13 0.09 -0-11 Milled PCC 1 -As provided by the asphalt emulsion supplier 2 - Use when approved by the Engineer 3 - Older than 1 year F. Apply tack coat at following temperature: 1. CSS -1 and CSS -1 h: 70 to 160° F. 2. MC -250: 165 to 220° F. G. Apply tack coat uniformly to contact surface of all fixed structures, edge of in -place mixture in all bituminous courses at transverse joints, and longitudinal joints of bituminous wear course prior to placing adjoining mixture. H. Apply tack coat uniformly to existing pavement surfaces to be overlaid, and to each bituminous course constructed, except for a wear course. This includes tacking each bituminous course when placing multiple courses on same day. I. Apply tack coat by approved methods that ensure uniform coating. In no case shall application be excessive. Uniform application will be free of streaks (corn rows), bare spots, puddles, or other irregular patterns. J. Apply tack coat to prevent adhesion to valve box lids and casting covers. K. Allow tack to break, turn from brown to black, before paving subsequent course. Prevent construction vehicles from driving on unbroken tack. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Apply tack coat to 50 -ft. main line test section each day material is placed for approval of uniform coating requirement by the Owner. Adjust equipment as necessary and provide subsequent test sections until requirement is met. B. Test sections are not required for bituminous patches, driveways, or walks. C. Perform yield check to verify questionable application rate when so instructed by the Owner according to ASTM D2995 test method A. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove all tack material and /or bituminous mixture completely from valve box lids and casting covers, or provide new lids and covers before final acceptance of Work. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1213 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 32 1216 BITUMINOUS SURFACING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to plant -mixed bituminous surfacing construction as indicated in Contract Documents. B. This is a Certified Plant Project. Supplier shall have sufficient testing facilities and qualified personnel including Certified Technicians. If requested by Architect/Engineer, required tests shall be performed in a timely manner and with a good quality control program. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2360 - Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement; 2014. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Certified mix design PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bituminous wear course and non -wear course: 1. Mixture Design Type: SP (Gyratory Mixture Design) 2. Aggregate: MnDOT 3139.2 a. Gradation: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Traffic Level: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Air Voids: a. 4.0% for wear mixtures b. 3.0% for non -wear and shoulder mixtures 5. Asphalt binder: MnDOT 3151 a. Letter B - Grade PG 58 -28 2.02 BITUMINOUS MIX DESIGN A. Coordinate and pay for bituminous mix design per the following: 1. Perform mix design according to Contractor Trial Mix Designs, MnDOT 2360.3.B. 2. A current MnDOT mix design is acceptable provided it represents aggregate source and bituminous plant being used for Project, and is approved by the Owner. 3. Submit mix design to the Owner 2 weeks prior to delivering materials to Site. B. Coordinate and pay to re- design any non - conforming mix as necessary to satisfy the Owner that requirements are met. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Limit bituminous pavement construction according to following requirements: 1. When atmospheric temperature is above 32° F and rising unless otherwise directed by the Owner. 2. In spring after seasonal load restrictions in vicinity of Project have been removed. 3. In fall before cutoff date of November 1st for surface course. 4. When weather conditions are suitable for Work. 5. When prepared base is firm and free of excess moisture as determined by the Owner. B. Sawcut all bituminous edges to provide a straight, vertical, clean, edge to accept new surfacing. C. Adjust all valve box, manhole and catch basin castings prior to placement of bituminous wearing course. D. Match in -place bituminous section at patch locations unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. E. Uniformly apply tack coat according to 32 1213 - BITUMINOUS TACK COAT prior to bituminous pavement placement. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1216 - Page 1 of 2 F. Produce bituminous mixture at no more than 30° F above suppliers recommended maximum mixing temperature. G. Prevent segregation of bituminous mixture during production, transportation, and placement. H. Refer to MnDOT Table 2360 -26, "Minimum Temperature Control' for minimum laydown temperatures in all courses as measured behind paver or spreading device. I. Construct joints to produce a neat, tightly bonded joint meeting specified surface tolerances. J. Construct transverse joint, full width of paver, at right angle to centerline when mixture placement is suspended. Cut end vertically for full depth of layer and resume mixture placement unless otherwise approved by the Owner. K. Construct longitudinal joint parallel to pavement centerline and offset at least 6 -in. from previously placed longitudinal joints. Prevent longitudinal joint placement within wheel path area of traffic lanes unless unfeasible as determined by the Owner, L. Compact all bituminous mixtures by Ordinary Compaction Method. M. Construct bituminous pavement with maximum deviation of 1 /4 -in. from planned compacted section thickness. N. Construct bituminous wear courses reasonably free of segregated, open and torn sections that are smooth and true to grade and cross section indicated on Drawings. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Surface tolerance from edge of 10 -ft. straightedge laid parallel to or at right angle to centerline to be 1 /4 -in. B. Transverse joint tolerance from edge of 10 -ft. straightedge centered longitudinally across transverse joint to be 1 /4 -in. C. Transverse slope tolerance to be within 0.4% from Drawings. D. Height tolerance adjacent to concrete pavement and curbs following compaction to be slightly higher than but not to exceed 1 /4 -in. above concrete. E. Height tolerance adjacent to castings and other fixed structures following compaction to be slightly higher than but not to exceed 1/2-in. above casting or structure. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Construct test strip and provide nuclear density meter and operator at beginning of each course of mainline paving to establish appropriate rolling pattern as determined by evaluating density growth curve during compaction. B. Requirements of MnDOT 2360.3.D.3.a for Contractor Coring Responsibilities and of MnDOT 2360.3.D.3.c for Longitudinal Joint Density do not apply and core samples for thickness and density verification do not apply. C. Requirements of MnDOT 2360.3.D.3.b for Department Testing Responsibilities do not apply. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove all tack material and /or bituminous mixture completely from valve box lids and casting covers, or provide new lids and covers before final acceptance of Work. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION 32 1216 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1216 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 32 1610 EXTERIOR CONCRETE FLATWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to construction of exterior concrete flatwork on a prepared base as indicated in Contract Documents. Work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Mainline Pavement 2. Curb and Gutter 3. Driveway and Slab Pavement 4. Sidewalk Pavement 5. Colored Concrete Pavement 6. Truncated Dome Systems for Pedestrian Curb Ramps 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Mainline Pavement: Refers to concrete roadway pavement, ramps, loops, shoulders, and integrant curbs placed with same mixture used in adjacent paving. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Sections 2301, 2399, and 2461; 2016 (shall apply to construction of mainline pavement except as modified herein). B. MnDOT Sections 2461 and 2531; 2016 (shall apply to construction of concrete curb and gutter, driveway and slab pavement, and median pavement except as modified herein). C. MnDOT Sections 2461 and 2521; 2016 (shall apply to construction of sidewalk pavement except as modified herein). D. MnDOT Standard Plan 5- 297.250 Sheets 1 thru 5 for Pedestrian Curb Ramps. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certified mix design B. Quality control plan including the following: 1. Traffic control plan. 2. A list of all process control or quality control testing technicians. 3. Concrete placement plan. 4. Concrete jointing plan when required. 5. Concrete washout guidance plan. 6. Procedure for placing dowel bars and reinforcement. 7. Concrete curing plan. 8. Rain protection plan. 9. Cold weather protection plan. 10. Hot weather protection plan. 11. Organizational chart listing names and phone numbers of individuals and alternates responsible for mix design, quality control administration, and inspection. C. Certificate of compliance with each truck load of concrete delivered. D. Lab Test Reports: As specified; include source of each material tested and date sampled. 1. Gradation Test Report 2. Moisture Content Test Report 3. Aggregate Quality Test Report 4. Coarse Aggregate (% passing 200) Test Report E. Electronic copy of daily record of data from monitoring device of each individual internal vibrator for mainline pavement placed by slipform method. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Shall be from MnDOT- certified sources only and be listed on MnDOT approved products list and follow MnDOT 3101. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 1 of 22 B. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM) 1. Fly ash: Shall be from certified sources only and be listed on MnDOT approved list and follow MnDOT 3115. 2. Slag cement (ground granulated blast furnace slag or GGBFS): Shall be from certified sources only and be listed on MnDOT approved list and follow MnDOT 3102. C. Fine Aggregate for Concrete 1. Fine aggregate quality requirements shall comply with MnDOT 3126. 2. Fine aggregate gradation shall comply with MnDOT 3126 as indicated in "Concrete Fine Aggregate Gradation" Table below: Concrete Fine Aggregate Gradation Table Sieve Size 3/8°' #4 j Percent Passing 100 95 -100 #8 80 -100 #16 #30 -- #50 _ #100 #200 55 -85 30 -60 5 -30 0 -10 0 -2.5 3. Fine aggregate fineness modulus as delivered shall not deviate by more than 0.20 from submitted gradation, unless otherwise reviewed by the Owner. 4. Fine aggregate shall be washed. 5. Fine aggregate quantity of deleterious substances, as determined by mass (weight), shall not exceed the following limits: a. Coal and lignite: 0.3% b. Other deleterious substances such as shale, alkali, mica, soft and flaky particles, cumulative total: 2.5% 6. Fine aggregate in concrete curb and gutter, driveways, slabs, sidewalks, or medians shall have a maximum allowable expansion at 14 -days of 0.300. 7. Fine aggregate in mainline pavement shall have a maximum allowable expansion at 14 -days as defined in "Fine Aggregate ASR Mitigation Requirements for Concrete Pavements" Table below: If fine aggregate has been previously tested by MnDOT, use highest expansion result of any of the tested fine aggregate and cement combinations to determine necessary mitigation per 14 -day fine aggregate expansion limits in "Fine Aggregate ASR Mitigation Requirements for Concrete Pavements" Table below. Contact MnDOT for list of previously tested fine aggregate sources or review concrete engineering website for latest test results. If fine aggregate has not been previously tested by MnDOT, fine aggregate shall be tested by an independent testing agency per ASTM C1260, to determine necessary mitigation based on proposed fine aggregate and cement combination per 14 -day fine aggregate expansion limits in "Fine Aggregate ASR Mitigation Requirements for Concrete Pavements" Table below: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 2 of 22 Fine Aggregate ASR Mitigation Requirements for Concrete Pavements Table 14 -day Fine Aggregate pansion Lim < 0.150 Use of the fine aggregate is acceptable with or without a mitigator 0.150 - 0.250 Mitigate the fine aggregate with 35 percent ground - granulated blast furnace slag or at least 20 percent fly ash _ 0.250 - 0.300 Mitigate the fine aggregate with 35 percent ground - granulated blast furnace slag or 30 percent fly ash in accordance with MnDOT 3115, modified with at least 66.0 percent SiO2 + Fe2O3 + AI2O3 on a dry weight basis and at least 38.0 percent S'02 n 0.300 The fine aggregate will not be acceptable for use in concrete D. Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 1. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed rock, washed gravel, or other inert granular material meeting MnDOT 3137 except as modified in "Coarse Aggregate for General Use" Table below: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 3 of 22 2. Coarse aggregate gradation shall comply with MnDOT 3137 requirements for individual classification. E. Water Requirements: Mixing water used in production of concrete shall meet MnDOT 3906. F. Admixtures: Unless otherwise acceptable to the Owner, all admixtures shall be from one manufacturer and shall be compatible. All admixtures shall be on MnDOT- approved /qualified list and follow MnDOT 3113. G. Reinforcement Bars and Dowel Bars: All reinforcing and dowel bars shall comply with requirements of MnDOT 3301 and 3302, be epoxy coated, and grade 60 unless otherwise indicated. H. Joint Fillers: 1. Preformed isolation /expansion joint fillers and sealers: Comply with ASTM D1751, preformed, resilient, non - extruding, asphalt impregnated joint filler, 1 /2 -in. thick unless otherwise indicated. 2. Joint filler shall be a single piece full depth thickness of concrete. I. Liquid Membrane Curing Compound: Comply with MnDOT 3754 AMS. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 4 of 22 Coarse Aggregate for General Use Table Maximum Quality Test Percent by Weight (a) Shale_ Fraction retained on the 112 -inch sieve 0.4 Fraction retained on the No_ 4 sieve, as a percentage of the total meterial 0.7 (b) Soft iron oxide particles faint rock or ochre) 0.3 (c) Total spall materials*: Fraction retained on the 1/2 -inch sieve 1.0 Fraction retained on the No. 4 sieve, as a percentage of the total meterial 1.5 (d) Soft particles II 2.5 (e ) Clay balls and lumps 0.3 ( Sum of (c) totals all materials, (d) soft particles, and (e ) clay balls and lumps 3.5 Slate 3 (h) Flat or elongated pieces # 15.0 (i) Quantity of material passing No. 200 sieve Class A and Class B aggregates # 1.5 Class C and Class D aggregates § 1 Los Angeles Rattler, loss on total sample 40.0 (k) Soundness of magnesium sulfate x* 15.0 Includes the percentages retained by shale and soft iron oxide particles, plus other iron oxide particles, unsound cherts, pyrite, and other materials with similar characteristics_ II Exclusive of shale, soft iron oxide particles, and total spall materials_ t Sum of the total spall materials, soft particles, and clay balls and lumps. For total spall materials, use the percent in the total sample retained on the No. 4 sieve_ $ Thickness less than 25 percent of the maximum width. Length greater than three times the maximum width. # Each individual fraction at the point of placement consists of dust from the fracture and is free of clay or shale. § For each individual fraction at the point of placement. xx Loss of fire cycles for any fraction of the coarse aggregate_ Do not blend materials from multiple sources to obtain a fraction meeting the sulfate soundness requirement. 2. Coarse aggregate gradation shall comply with MnDOT 3137 requirements for individual classification. E. Water Requirements: Mixing water used in production of concrete shall meet MnDOT 3906. F. Admixtures: Unless otherwise acceptable to the Owner, all admixtures shall be from one manufacturer and shall be compatible. All admixtures shall be on MnDOT- approved /qualified list and follow MnDOT 3113. G. Reinforcement Bars and Dowel Bars: All reinforcing and dowel bars shall comply with requirements of MnDOT 3301 and 3302, be epoxy coated, and grade 60 unless otherwise indicated. H. Joint Fillers: 1. Preformed isolation /expansion joint fillers and sealers: Comply with ASTM D1751, preformed, resilient, non - extruding, asphalt impregnated joint filler, 1 /2 -in. thick unless otherwise indicated. 2. Joint filler shall be a single piece full depth thickness of concrete. I. Liquid Membrane Curing Compound: Comply with MnDOT 3754 AMS. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 4 of 22 J. Curing Covering Materials: 1. Plastic film: Comply with ASTM C171. 2. Insulating blanket: Insulating blanket shall be waterproof and have an R -value of 1 or greater. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Coordinate and pay for independent testing agency to determine mix proportions. B. A current MnDOT mix design is acceptable provided it represents aggregate source and concrete plant being used for Project, and is approved by the Owner. C. All concrete shall come from a MnDOT- certified ready -mix plant. D. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete per ACI 301 by field experience method or, if available, by laboratory trial batch methods. Mix proportions shall produce consistent and workable concrete that can be readily worked into forms and around reinforcement without segregation or excessive bleeding. 1. Field experience method: If field test data is available, per ACI 301, submit for acceptance mixture proportions along with field test data. 2. Trial batch method: Use an AMRL- accredited laboratory for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. E. Ensure compatibility of all material combinations. If concrete materials are not producing a workable concrete mixture, a change in material may be required. Changes will be at no additional cost to Owner. F. Proportion normal mixtures to provide concrete with the following properties: 1. Minimum compressive strength (28- days): 4000 -psi. 2. Minimum cement content: 400 -lb. 3. Minimum cementitious content: 530 -lb. 4. Maximum cementitious content: 658 -lb. 5. Maximum water - cementitious materials ratio at point of placement: a. For machine placement: 0.42 b. For hand placement: 0.45 6. Slump limit: As needed for proper placement; 5 -in. maximum. No minimum as long as proper consolidation is being performed. 7. Early- strength concrete mixes shall be designed to reach opening compressive strength of 3000 -psi at a predetermined time (i.e., 48 -hr., 24 -hr., etc.). G. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal - weight concrete at point of placement having an air content of 6.5% plus 2.0% or minus 1.5 %. H. If calcium chloride is to be used, limit water - soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.08% by weight of cementitious materials. I. Chemical admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. The following admixtures as listed on MnDOT- approved products list are approved for use at Contractor's discretion: 1. Type A, water- reducing and mid -range water - reducing admixtures 2. Type B, retarding /hydration stabilizer admixtures 3. Type C, accelerating admixtures 4. Type D, water - reducing and retarding admixtures 5. Type S, viscosity- modifying admixtures 6. Admixtures containing more than 0.15% chloride ions, by weight of admixture, are not permitted. J. Supplementary cementitious materials: No ternary mixes (combination of three or more cementitious materials) will be allowed. Limit percentage by weight of supplementary cementitious materials according to ACI 301 requirements for concrete exposed to deicing chemicals as follows- 1 . Fly ash: 30% maximum for mainline pavement, 25% maximum for everything else, or 2. Slag cement: 35% maximum. K. Submit mix design to the Owner 2 weeks prior to delivering materials to Site. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 5 of 22 L. Coordinate and pay to re- design any non- conforming mix as necessary to satisfy the Owner that requirements are met. 2.03 MAINLINE PAVEMENT A. MnDOT Mix designation number shall be as given below for method of placement to be used. 1. Manual Placement: 3A41 2. Vibratory Machine Placement: 3A21 B. Mainline pavement foundation shall consist of minimum 6 -in. thick MnDOT Class 5 aggregate base. Refer to Section 32 1123 - Aggregate Base for additional requirements 2.04 CURB AND GUTTER A. MnDOT Mix designation number shall be as given below for method of placement to be used. 1. Manual Placement: Mix No. 3F52 2. Machine Placement: Mix No. 3F32 B. Curb and gutter foundation shall consist of minimum 6 -in. thick MnDOT Class 5 aggregate base. C. Concrete curb and gutter design shall be as indicated on Drawings. 2.05 DRIVEWAY AND SLAB PAVEMENT A. MnDOT Mix designation number shall be as given below for method of placement to be used. 1. Manual Placement: Mix No. 3F52 2. Machine Placement: Mix No. 3F32 B. Concrete driveway thickness shall be as indicated on Drawings or as follows: 1. Light Duty (Residential): 6 -in. thick concrete pavement. 2. Heavy Duty (Commercial): 8 -in. thick concrete pavement. C. Driveway pavement foundation shall consist of minimum 6 -in. thick MnDOT Class 5 aggregate base. D. High early strength concrete shall be used for all driveway pavement. 2.06 SIDEWALK PAVEMENT A. MnDOT Mix designation number shall be as given below for method of placement to be used. 1. Manual Placement: Mix No. 3F52 2. Machine Placement: Mix No. 3F32 B. Concrete sidewalk foundation shall consist of minimum 6 -in. thick MnDOT Class 5 aggregate base. C. Concrete sidewalk shall be 5 -in. thick concrete pavement, , except that concrete sidewalk at pedestrian curb ramp areas shall be thickened to 6 -in. thick concrete pavement when applicable. 2.07 TRUNCATED DOME SYSTEMS FOR PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMPS A. Shall be on current MnDOT approved product list. 2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate and pay for concrete producer to perform source quality control testing per the following: 1. Any persons performing plant testing shall carry a current MnDOT Concrete Plant 1 certification. 2. Any person performing gradations and moisture testing shall carry either a current MnDOT Concrete Plant 1 or an ACI Aggregate Testing Technician Level 1 certification. 3. Testing rates indicated in this section are minimums. Take all samples in a random manner using an appropriate random number generator. Take as many tests as necessary to ensure quality control. 4. Conduct Gradation test on fine aggregate at rate of 1 per 400 - cu.yd. per MnDOT 3126, ASTM D75, ASTM C702, and ASTM C117. 5. Conduct Gradation test on coarse aggregate at rate of 1 per 400 - cu.yd. per MnDOT 3137, ASTM D75, ASTM C702, and ASTM C117. 6. Conduct Moisture Content test at rate of 1 every 4 -hr. per MnDOT 2461. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 6 of 22 7. Conduct Aggregate Quality test at minimum rate of 1 per project per "Coarse Aggregate for General Use" Table. Use of MnDOT test results for same 30 -day time period shall be acceptable. 8. Conduct Coarse Aggregate (% passing 200) test at minimum rate of 1 per project per MnDOT 3137 and ASTM C117. Use of MnDOT test results for same 30 -day time period shall be acceptable. 9. Submit test reports to Owner and Contractor as soon as available. B. Coordinate and pay to re -test material failing a test, or provide alternate acceptable material as necessary to satisfy the Owner that requirements are met. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PERSONNEL A. Provide at least two people with current ACI concrete flatwork technician or flatwork finisher certification. At least one shall be on -site for all concrete pours. B. Provide either MnDOT or ACI certified personnel to perform all process control and quality control testing. 3.02 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Aggregate Storage: Store aggregates so that segregation and inclusion of foreign materials are prevented. Do not use bottom 12 -in. of aggregate piles in contact with ground. B. Cementitious Materials: Store cement, slag cement, and fly ash in suitable moisture -proof enclosures. Do not use cementitious materials that have become caked or lumpy C. Admixtures: Store in suitable weather -tight enclosures that will preserve quality D. Reinforcing Steel: Store off ground on timbers or other supports. 3.03 MIXING EQUIPMENT A. Batching and Mixing Equipment 1. General a. Weighing and proportioning equipment: Comply with ASTM C94. b. Mixing equipment: Comply with ASTM C94. c. Material Bins: Involves any structure in which materials are stored. Each part of any bin, including foundations and supports, must be adequate to withstand any stress to which it might be subjected to while in use. 2. Batching a. Batching plants shall be NRMCA- or MnDOT- certified with a current MnDOT concrete plant contact report form 2163. Provide copy of current calibrations and approvals. b. Coordinate batch plant operation with placement operation in order to ensure a steady supply of concrete. c. Operate batch plant and trucks to minimize dust, noise, or truck nuisances as part of quality control plan. 3. Mixing (Ready -mixed Concrete) a. Ensure concrete is uniform in composition and consistency. If non - uniform, concrete producers shall take corrective action. b. Ready -mixed concrete is defined as concrete proportioned in a central plant and mixed in a stationary mixer for transportation in trucks without agitation; proportioned at a central plant, and only partially mixed in a stationary mixer for transportation and finish mixing in a transit mixer; or proportioned at a central plant and then mixed in a transit mixer prior to or during transit. c. When necessary to add additional mixing water at site of placement, mix batch at least an additional 50 revolutions of drum at mixing speed or 5 -min., whichever is faster. d. All methods: Deliver each truck load of concrete with a computerized certificate of compliance indicating plant name, Contractor, project data, batch quantities and total yardage, w /cm, mix designation, time batched, and water available to add on -site. Give a record of certificates of compliance for each pour to the Owner. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 7 of 22 e. Ensure methods of delivering and handling concrete are such that objectionable segregation or damage to concrete will not occur, and concrete placement will occur with a minimum of rehandling. f. Thoroughly clean truck compartment in which concrete is transported, and flush with water to ensure that hardened concrete will not accumulate. Discharge flushing water from truck compartment to designated discharge point before it is charged with next batch. g. Delivery requirements: Place concrete into Work per the following: 1) Type 1 concrete: within 90 -min. of batching, and 2) Type 3 concrete: within 90 -min. of batching when all admixtures are added at plant at manufacturer's recommended dosage rates listed on Approved Products list. 3) In any case, do not add additional mixing water once concrete is 60 -min. old. 4) Mix load a minimum of 5 -min. or 50- revolutions at mixing speed after addition of any admixture. 5) Contractor may transport Type 3 concrete in non - agitating equipment if concrete is discharged within 45 -min. of batching. 6) Batch time starts when batch plant or transit mix truck adds cement to other batch materials. B. Concrete Washout Guidance 1. These specifications will be governed by Minnesota Pollution Control Agencyis written guidance in December 2013. This document, which details NPDES /SDS construction stormwater permit requirements, is titled "wq- strm2- 24'December 2013." 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT EQUIPMENT A. Slipform Construction Equipment 1. Curb and Gutter Construction a. Place concrete curb and gutter using a slipform machine capable of placing and forming concrete to dimensions, quality, workmanship and appearance as required by Contract Documents. Hand finish surface and texture as required by Contract Documents. 2. Mainline Pavement Construction a. Place mainline pavement using slipform paver or combination of pavers designed to spread, consolidate, screed, and float - finish freshly placed concrete with minimum hand - finishing. Provide slipform paver with non - oscillating extrusion plate with an adjustable angle of entry. b. Place mainline pavement before placing curb and gutter when possible. If sequence of operations includes placing curb and gutter before mainline pavement, submit jointing plan to the Owner for approval before placing curb and gutter. c. Provide jointing plan for approval by the Owner if no jointing plan is indicated in Drawings. d. Consolidate full width and depth of mainline pavement placed by a single pass of a series of internal vibrators. Operate full -width vibrators from 3,600 -VPM to 7,000 -VPM (60 Hz to 117 Hz) in concrete, and from 4,150 -VPM to 8,000 -VPM (70 Hz to 133 Hz) when checked in air. Deliver vibrator impulses directly to concrete and operate at an intensity to consolidate concrete uniformly throughout entire depth and width of concrete. Vibrator frequency may be increased as approved by the Owner. Perform additional testing as directed by the Owner at no additional cost to Owner. If vibrator fails, suspend operations and remove unconsolidated concrete. e. Provide an electronic monitoring device meeting the following characteristics and requirements to display operating frequency of each individual internal vibrator for mainline pavement placed by slipform method: 1) Contains a readout display near operator's controls; visible to paver operator and to the Owner, 2) Operates continuously as paving machine operates, 3) Displays all vibrator frequencies with manual and automatic sequencing for each of the individual vibrators, and Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 8 of 22 4) Records the following at least every 25 -ft. of paving or at least every 5 -min. of time: Clock time, Station location, Paver track speed, and Operating frequency of individual vibrators. 5) Provide an electronic copy containing record of data after completion of mainline paving operation. Provide vibration data daily as directed by the Owner. f. Regulate rate of progress of vibratory equipment and duration of application to fully, but not excessively, vibrate concrete. If forward progress of paver stops, suspend operation of vibrators. g. Attach vibrators to spreading or finishing equipment. Do not allow vibrators to come in contact with preset dowel basket assemblies, grade, pavement reinforcement, or side forms. Do not allow operation of vibrators to cause separation or segregation of mix ingredients, including downward displacement of large aggregate or accumulation of laitance on concrete surface. Vibration frequency may be reduced within specified range if reducing forward progress of paver to avoid segregation of concrete mix. Connect power to all vibrators so that they cease when machine motion is stopped. Stop paving operations if a vibrator fails to operate within range specified above. h. Operate slipform paver with a continuous forward movement, and coordinate all operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading concrete to provide uniform progress with minimal stopping and starting of paver. i. At Contractor's option: equip paver with automatic grade control capable of maintaining elevation indicated on Drawings at both sides of paver. Control elevation of one side and control crown, or control elevation of each side independently. Contractor may elect to use stringless paving, as long as required grade and cross slope are provided. j. Tightly stretch a wire or string line set parallel to established grade for mainline pavement surface to achieve grade reference. Set control reference and support line at intervals to maintain established grade and alignment. B. Fixed -Form Construction 1. Place concrete using one or more machines to spread, screed, and consolidate between previously -set side forms. Vibrate these areas using hand -held or machine - mounted internal vibrators. 2. Use a tachometer or similar device to demonstrate to the Owner that paving equipment vibration meets requirements in this section. 3. Use hand -held vibrators to consolidate concrete adjacent to side forms and fixed structures. Operate hand -held vibrators at a speed of at least 3,600 -VPM (60 Hz). Do not allow vibrator head to contact joints, load transfer devices, reinforcement, grade, or side forms. If vibrator fails, suspend operations and remove unconsolidated concrete. 4. Continue vibration to achieve adequate consolidation, without segregation, for full depth and width of area placed. 5. Provide an adequate number and capacity of machines to perform Work at a rate equal to concrete delivery rate. 6. Strike off concrete with a vibrating screed, laser screed, or a roller /clary screed as reviewed by the Owner. Finish small or irregular areas that are inaccessible to finishing equipment using other methods as reviewed by the Owner. 7. Discontinue any operation that displaces side forms from line or grade or that causes undue delay, as determined by the Owner, due to mechanical difficulties C. Hand - Finishing Equipment: Provide all finishing tools necessary for proper finishing of concrete including straightedges for checking and correcting finished concrete surfaces. D. Forms I. Rigid forms: Steel, minimum thickness of five gage and height at least equal to design thickness of pavement with base width at least 6 -in. a. Minimum section length of 10 -ft. and joint connections designed to allow horizontal and vertical adjustment with locking device to hold abutting sections firmly in alignment. b. Bracing, support, and staking shall prevent deflection or movement of forms. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 9 of 22 2. Flexible forms: Use steel, plastic, or wood flexible forms for curves with a radius less than 100 -ft. a. Bracing, support, and staking shall prevent deflection or movement of forms. b. Ensure that forms used to shape back of curbs at returns have height at least equal to design thickness of pavement and curb height. c. Forms shall be free from scale and surface irregularities. E. Curing Equipment: Before application, agitate curing compound as received in shipping container to obtain a homogenous mixture. Protect membrane - curing compounds from freezing before application. Handle and apply membrane - curing compound per manufacturer's recommendations. An airless spraying machine is required to have the following: 1. A recirculating bypass system that provides for continuous agitation of reservoir material, 2. Separate filters for hose and nozzle, and 3. Multiple or adjustable nozzle system that provides for variable spray patterns. F. Concrete Saws: 1. Use power- operated concrete saws capable of cutting hardened concrete without damage. 2. Capable of preventing release of concrete dust particles into air by wetting, vacuuming, or other the Owner approved method. 3.05 GENERAL PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION A. Removal of Pavement: Comply with Contract Documents. B. Final Subgrade /Subbase Preparation: 1. General: a. Meet requirements of Contract Documents for subgrade construction, subgrade treatment, and subbase construction. b. Trim subgrade or subbase to final grade for placement of concrete. c. Unless otherwise ordered by the Owner, subgrade or subbase, at time of placing concrete, shall be in a uniformly moist but not muddy condition to a depth of not less than 1 -in. 2. Subgrade and Subbase Loading: a. Travel of construction traffic including concrete delivery trucks on subgrade or subbase shall be with written approval of the Owner. In such cases, watering of subgrade or subbase shall be limited to just ahead of paving machine. b. Enter and exit from side streets to minimize repetitive loading on subgrade or subbase by concrete trucks. c. Do not allow loads in excess of legal axle load on completed subgrade or subbase. d. Partially loaded trucks may be required. 3. Paving Suspension: a. Suspend paving operation where subgrade or subbase stability has been lost. b. Do not place concrete on a subgrade or subbase that has become unstable, bears ruts or tire marks of equipment, or that is excessively softened by rain until such subgrade or subbase has been reconsolidated and reshaped to correct objectionable condition. c. If necessary, scarify to a minimum depth of 6 -in., aerate, and recompact at own cost. Meet compaction requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Maintenance of Subgrade or Subbase: Maintain completed subgrade or subbase during subsequent construction activities. C. Surface Fixture Adjustment: 1. Adjust manhole and catch basin frames, gate valve boxes, and other fixtures within area to be paved to conform to finished surface. Comply with Contract Documents for fixture adjustments. 2. Clean outside of fixture to depth of pavement before concrete placement. 3. Construct boxouts if necessary for later adjustment of fixtures. See Drawings for size and shape of boxout. D. Setting of Forms: When forms are used, meet the following requirements: 1. Ensure forms have sufficient strength to support paving operations being used. 2. Set base of forms at or below subgrade elevation with top of forms at pavement surface elevation. With the Owner approval, extra height forms may be used to shape back of Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 10 of 22 integrant curb and edge of pavement; set base at or below subgrade elevation with top of form at top of curb elevation. 3. Place and secure forms to required grade and alignment. Do not vary top face of form from a true plane by more than 1/8-in. in 10 -ft., and do not vary vertical face from a true plane by more than 1 /4 -in. in 10 -ft. 4. If soil supporting forms is softened by rain or standing water so that forms are inadequately supported, or if voids occur under forms, remove forms. Rework subgrade to proper elevation and density, and reinstall forms. 5. Ensure forms are free of latent concrete and coated with release agent before concrete is placed. 6. In event of rain, remove and reset forms as necessary to permit drainage. E. Removal of Forms: 1. Do not remove side forms of pavement and back forms of curb earlier than 12 -hr. after placing concrete, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Remove forms without exerting shock or strain, including temperature variations, on pavement or curb. Cure concrete per Contract Documents. F. Paving Protection: 1. In area adjacent to curb and pavement edge, immediately place backfill of soil or aggregate according to Drawings, without vibration (as specified herein), after forms are removed, to prevent soil erosion during a rain event. Construct dams or other protection to ensure that no saturation or erosion of subgrade under or near pavement occurs. This may include check dams, pumping, etc. G. Reinforcement Protection: 1. Ensure bars are clean, straight, free from distortion and rust, and are firmly secured in position as specified in Contract Documents. Place all bars in approved storage to prevent damage; do not distribute along Work Site except as needed to avoid delay in paving. H. Drilling and Grouting Tie Bars and /or Dowel Bars in Existing Pavement: 1. When anchoring in existing concrete, use either a MnDOT- approved epoxy system according to manufacturer's instructions, or provide and place a bonding grout into drilled hole by using steel to push epoxy or grout into drilled hole and placing grout or epoxy around edge of steel. Bonding grout shall consist of two parts Portland cement and one part sand, mixed with sufficient water to form slurry with consistency of thick cream. Contractor shall mix grout mechanically. 3.06 MAINLINE PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION A. Reinforcement Placement: Provide and place reinforcement meeting the following requirements and characteristics: 1. Provide epoxy- coated reinforcement per MnDOT Specification 2472, "Metal Reinforcement." 2. Provide and place reinforcement bars including keyway bars, tie bars, taper steel, and stopper bars as indicated on Drawings. 3. Place keyways as indicated on Drawings. Keyways are not recommended for pavements 7 -in. or less. 4. Provide and place supplemental pavement reinforcement at locations including, but not limited to around manhole castings as indicated on Drawings. 5. Provide and place reinforcement bars on chairs, in stakes, utilizing tie bar basket assemblies or by appropriate equipment for pressing bars to specified location. 6. For slipform paving, stake tie bar steel to roadbed, or use a mechanical device attached to spreader or paver to place tie bar steel required for L1 T joints as indicated on Drawings. Space and press tie bar steel to depth and location indicated on Drawings. Do not place tie bars over a dowel bar assembly. 7. Place supplemental pavement reinforcement bar mats for reinforced pavement over culverts when necessary and per most current MnDOT Standard Plate 1070 as indicated on Drawings. a. When reinforced pavement is specified, assemble bar mats accordingly, and firmly fasten together at all bar intersections. b. Place, secure, and tie mats for a continuous mat as specified in Contract Documents. Displacement during concrete placement operations is not allowed. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 11 of 22 c. Use chairs to ensure proper placement of bar mats. B. Dowel Bar Assembly Placement: Provide dowel bar assemblies manufactured in single units for lane widths indicated on Drawings, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Do not use more than two assembled sections in any one joint for ramps, loops, and tapered sections. 1. Secure dowel bar assemblies to prevent movement during concrete placement per MnDOT Standard Plate 1103 and the following: a. Provide a Quality Control Plan for Dowel Basket Assemblies per MnDOT 2301.3.H.1.a. b. Fasten baskets to surface so that they do not move vertically or horizontally more than 1 /8 -in. from surface. c. Type, location, number and length of anchors are dependent upon field conditions. d. Before paving, demonstrate fastening method to the Owner for approval. 2. Within 1 -hr. before covering with concrete, coat dowel bars with a thin uniform coating of a form coating material per MnDOT 3902, "Form Coating Material." 3. Before placing concrete, mark location on both sides of each transverse joint as approved by the Owner. Transfer markings to fresh concrete immediately after completing final finishing operations. 4. Contractor may use a mechanical dowel bar inserter to place dowel bars in pavement as reviewed by the Owner. Immediately before inserting dowels, coat dowels with a thin uniform coating of a form coating material per MnDOT 3902, "Form Coating Material." If using a dowel bar inserter, initially and on each production day, demonstrate to the Owner that inserted dowel bars in completed concrete pavement are parallel to surface and centerline slab and are located at proper depth according to Drawings. C. Placement: 1. Dump or discharge concrete without causing grade displacement or damage to existing asphalt or bond breaker layer. Repair damage to grade, existing asphalt, or bond breaker layer as approved by the Owner. Provide protection for turning concrete trucks. 2. Maintain grade in a moist condition until placement of concrete. 3. Construct mainline pavement in a single layer of concrete. Place mainline pavement in one complete pass of paving machine to minimize need for hand - finishing. 4. Coordinate paving operations for mixing, delivering, spreading, and extruding concrete to provide uniform progress of paver. Use sufficient trucks to ensure a steady forward progress of paver. If forward movement of paver stops for a period long enough to create a cold joint or honeycombing, construct a header joint per "Construction of Joints" section of this specification. 5. Do not add water to surface of concrete to aid in finishing. 6. When placing concrete on asphalt or asphalt bond beakers, comply with the following: a. Do not place concrete on an asphalt surface with an asphalt surface temperature greater than 120 °F. b. Maintain asphalt surface in a moist condition as necessary and at a surface temperature not greater than 120 °F before placing concrete. the Owner will allow Contractor to apply water, whitewash of hydrated lime and water, or both to cool asphalt surface, or other methods allowed by the Owner. c. Before placing concrete on a milled asphalt surface, clean milled surface by sweeping and patch as indicated on Drawings or as directed by the Owner. 7. When placing concrete adjacent to in -place concrete pavement, protect the following: a. All ends of transverse joints 3/16 -in. or wider to satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner will allow sawing through existing joint when sawing newly placed concrete. b. In -place pavement to prevent damage. c. Do not allow edges of mainline pavement, including longitudinal joints, to deviate from line indicated on Drawings by greater than 1/2-in. at any point. D. Finishing: 1. Grade and crown: Strike off surface to true section by screed promptly after concrete has been placed and vibrated. Finish surface true to crown and grade. 2. Watering surface: Do not add water to surface of concrete to aid in finishing. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 12 of 22 3. Floats: Finish surface with wood or magnesium floats; finish from both sides simultaneously if mainline pavement is placed to full width with one pass of paving machine. 4. Straightedging a. After longitudinal floating has been completed and excess water has been removed, and while concrete is still plastic, test mainline pavement surface for trueness. b. Immediately fill any depressions found with freshly mixed concrete, strike off, consolidate, and refinish. c. Check surface longitudinally while concrete is still plastic; correct any surface deviations greater than 1 /4 -in. in 10 -ft. 5. Surface treatment a. Drag surface treatment: Unless otherwise specified, texture finished surface with an artificial turf or broom to produce a minimum depth of texture of 0.8 -mm. 1) Pull artificial tun` or burlap drag longitudinally over finished surface to produce a tight, uniform, textured surface, and round edges in a workmanlike manner. 2) Remove artificial turf or brooms from mainline pavement surface at regular intervals and clean with water to remove accumulated concrete from fabric in order to maintain a consistent finished texture. 6. Edge finish: Before concrete has taken its initial set, finish all edges of mainline pavement with an 1 /8 -in. radius edging tool. E. Joint Construction: 1. General: a. Construct joints of type and dimensions and at locations specified in Contract Documents. b. Place longitudinal joints coincident with or parallel to mainline pavement centerline. c. Place all transverse joints at right angles to centerline and extend full width of mainline pavement. d. Place all joints perpendicular to finished grade of mainline pavement and do not allow alignment across joint to vary from a straight line by more than 1 -in. e. Exercise care in placing, consolidating, and finishing concrete at all joints. 2. Sawing Joints: a. Submit a jointing plan to the Owner for approval prior to placing concrete. b. Saw all mainline pavements; no tooling of joints will be allowed. c. Mark joint locations with a string line before sawing. d. Begin transverse joint sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to allow sawing without raveling or moving of aggregate. Saw joints before uncontrolled cracking takes place. e. Saw all joints in a single cutting operation for a specific joint. Make saw cuts true to line and to dimensions specified in Contract Documents. f. Discontinue sawing a joint if a crack develops ahead of saw and rout open crack for sealing. g. If necessary, continue sawing operations both day and night. Night operations will require approval of local agencies in regard to any noise regulations. h. Concrete shall be capable of supporting sawing operations to allow use of an early green concrete saw. i. Repair or replace mainline pavement with uncontrolled or random cracking at own cost. Use repair methods approved by the Owner. Repair or replace at direction of the Owner. j. Provide wet -cut saws for dust control referred to as a "conventional concrete save' to establish joints. k. Where boxouts occur in mainline pavement, construct joints as indicated on Drawings. 3. Contraction Joints: a. Place longitudinal and transverse construction joints where specified in Contract Documents, at boxouts, and at headers. b. Locate and place forms for boxouts on grade prior to paving as indicated on Drawings. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 13 of 22 c. If concrete placement is delayed for more than 60 -min. or at end of each day, construct a header transverse construction joint within 5 -ft. of a planned transverse contraction joint. d. Finish edges of mainline pavement at construction joints with an 1 /8 -in. radius edging tool. e. If a random crack occurs away from planned joint location, repair crack with one of the following techniques. 1) If mainline pavement is undoweled and random crack is at least 3 -ft. from planned joint: Rout and seal random crack and epoxy planned joint closed if it has not cracked open. 2) If mainline pavement is undoweled and random crack occurs within 3 -ft. of planned joint and planned joint has cracked open: Repair with a 4 -ft. full depth repair. If planned joint has not cracked open, then rout and seal as above. 3) If mainline pavement is doweled and random crack occurs at least 3 -ft. from planned joint: Repair with a dowel bar retrofit repair and rout and seal crack. 4) If mainline pavement is doweled design and crack occurs within 3 -ft. of planned joint: Repair with a 4 -ft. full -depth repair. 4. Isolation /Expansion Joints: a. Install isolation joints as specified in Contract Documents. b. Prevent movement of or damage to joint assembly when placing concrete. c. Use supplemental vibration equipment for proper consolidation of concrete. d. After surface finishing has been completed, finish edge of joint with an 1/8-in. edging tool. 5. Constructing Headers: a. Construct construction headers, temporary headers, and permanent headers as indicated on Drawings. b. The Owner will not allow incorporating any concrete accumulated in grout box of paver into mainline pavement. Construct all headers such that concrete contained in grout box is removed from Project. Use any approved construction header method as indicated in Drawings. c. Use internal vibration to consolidate concrete along header joints before final finishing. F. Joint Sealing: 1. Timing: a. Unless otherwise allowed or reviewed by the Owner, before any portion of mainline pavement is opened to Contractor's equipment or to general traffic, clean and seal joints that require sealing. b. The Owner may limit wheel loads and axle loads of equipment operating on mainline pavement during this operation prior to age of 7 -days and /or until a strength of 3000 -psi is achieved as determined by Contractor's independent testing agency. If Contractor wants to proceed sooner, he will need to perform additional strength tests to determine pavement strength at own cost. 2. Cleaning: Perform joint sealing as indicated on Drawings and per the following: a. Seal joints after the Owner inspects and approves joints. b. Perform joint sealing on surface dry concrete after cleaning joints of debris, dirt, dust, and other foreign matter, including accumulations of concrete. c. Lightly sandblast joint walls before final compressed air cleaning. d. Immediately before sealing joints, clean joints with a jet of compressed air under pressure of at least 85 -psi. e. Seal joints per tolerances indicated on Drawings. f. Provide backer rod material compatible with sealer as indicated on Drawings. g. Remove and replace sealer at joints filled above permissible level indicated on Drawings at own cost. h. Handle and place joint sealer material as recommended by manufacturer and per the following requirements. 3. Hot - Poured Sealers: a. Heat hot - poured sealers in a double - boiler -type kettle or melter. Fill space between inner and outer shells with oil or other material as allowed by manufacturer. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 14 of 22 b. Provide heating equipment with automatic temperature control, mechanical agitation, and recirculating pump. Use heating equipment as recommended by manufacturer of sealer material. c. Do not melt quantities of sealer material greater than quantity used within same day. After heating sealer material to application temperature, maintain material temperature until placement. Place sealer material within 1 -hr. after initial heating to application temperature. d. Apply hot - poured sealant to mainline pavement at ambient pavement temperatures greater than 39 °F. 3.07 CURB AND GUTTER CONSTRUCTION A. Slipform Paving: 1. Use slipform paving machine for all curb and gutter sections except in areas where curb machine is not able to work. B. Reinforcement Placement: 1. Tie new curb and gutter to existing curb with two No. 4 epoxy coated 12 -in. long tie bars. 2. Tie new curb and gutter to existing mainline pavement with No. 4 epoxy coated 18 -in. long tie bars at 30 -in. center to center. 3. Maintain minimum 2 -in. clear on all reinforcement bars. C. Joint Construction: 1. Place 1 /2 -in. expansion joints transversely at ends of curved sections and at ends ofcurved portions of entrance and street returns. Place longitudinal expansion joints as indicated on Drawings. Place expansion joints at locations where concrete surrounds or adjoins a fixed object, such as a fire hydrant, building foundation, or other rigid structure. 2. Provide contraction joints at the following intervals, except as otherwise indicated on Drawings: a. Adjacent to bituminous mainline, every 10 -ft. b. Adjacent to concrete mainline, match concrete mainline transverse joints. c. In solid median construction, every 10 -ft. 3. Form or saw contraction joints, as reviewed by the Owner, to a depth of at least 2 -in. deep. 4. Align joints with joints in adjoining Work unless a 1 /2 -in. preformed isolation /expansion joint isolates Work. Place transverse joints at right angles to centerline of pavement unless otherwise required by Contract Documents. 5. Use an edging tool with a radius no greater than 1 /2 -in. to round edges of longitudinal construction joints between a concrete median or gutter section and a concrete pavement. 6. Do not saw or seal longitudinal construction joints between a concrete median and concrete pavement, or between a gutter section and concrete pavement. D. Finishing: 1. Surface finish with a fine concrete finishing broom in transverse direction. 3.08 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION A. Reinforcement Placement: 1. Tie new driveway and slab pavement to existing pavement by drilling and epoxying No. 4 epoxy coated 18 -in. long tie bars at 30 -in. center to center. 2. Maintain minimum 2 -in. clear on all reinforcement bars. B. Joint Construction: 1. Divide sidewalk and median pavement into square panels of uniform size no greater than 36 -sq.ft. and outlined with contraction or expansion joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Divide driveway and slab pavement into square panels of uniform size no greater than 15 -ft. in any dimension. Submit jointing plan for the Owner approval. 3. Provide straight joints parallel with or at right angles to pavement centerline. Align joints with joints in adjoining Work unless isolated by 1 /2 -in. preformed isolation material. 4. Form or saw joints in walking surfaces as approved by the Owner. If forming joints, round joints within walking surface with a 1 /4 -in. radius grooving tool, and round edges of concrete paving with an edging tool having a radius no greater than 1 /2 -in. 5. Extend contraction joints to a depth of at least 1/3 of pavement thickness. If saw cutting, provide a minimum of 1 /8 -in. wide contraction joints. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 15 of 22 Provide isolation /expansion material where necessary to protect Work and adjacent structures per MnDOT 3702, "Preformed Joint Fillers," that is, 1 /2 -in. wide and equal in depth to full thickness of pavement. Modify joint construction if a fixed object or structure extends through pavement, as directed by the Owner. Place isolation /expansion material 1/2-in. thick adjacent to fixed objects to separate object from abutting concrete edges. Match driveway pavement jointing with adjacent curb and gutter and sidewalk jointing. Mismatched jointing will require removal and replacement of components to achieve desired results. All removal and replacement of rejected construction shall be at Contractor's expense. C. Finishing: 1. Surface finish with a fine concrete finishing broom. D. Driveway Pavement Width: 1. Shall be verified in the field by Owner's representative prior to placement of concrete. 3.09 PEDESTRIAN FACILITY CONSTRUCTION A. Layout all pedestrian facilities and verify compliance with the following minimum standards prior to construction: 1. Pedestrian Access Routes (PAR): a. Construct according to Drawings and MnDOT Standard Plan 5- 297.250. b. Minimum 4 -ft. width. c. Maximum cross slope of 2.0 %. d. Maximum vertical discontinuity of 0.25 -in. e. Provide positive drainage without ponding. 2. Landings (part of PAR): a. Minimum 4 -ft. by 4 -ft. width. b. Maximum slope of 2.0% in all directions. c. Required where ever PAR changes direction. d. Must be connected to PAR. 3. Ramps (part of PAR): a. Longitudinal slopes less than 5% in direction of travel require no landing at top of ramp, unless PAR changes direction. b. Longitudinal slopes between 5 to 8.3% in direction of travel require landing at top of ramp. B. Identify removal limits of existing sidewalk and curb and gutter when required in Drawings to meet all minimum standards. C. Verify zero height curb and curb transitions meet all minimum standards, and will provide an adequate detectable edge per MnDOT 2531. D. Verify curb flow line will maintain existing gutter inflows /outflows. E. During layout and compliance verification, if pedestrian facility cannot meet minimum standards, consult the Owner to determine acceptable solution. F. Noncompliant pedestrian facilities without prior approval from the Owner shall be considered defective Work according to Contract Documents. 3.10 TRUNCATED DOME INSTALLATION A. Truncated domes shall be placed in concrete and pressed in firmly to point that concrete fills vent holes on truncated dome plates. B. No cutting of truncated domes will be allowed. C. Any swelling of concrete that occurs around truncated domes shall be screeded off and surrounding concrete shall be finished flush with truncated dome plate edge. D. Provide a 3 -in. minimum border around edges of truncated domes to ensure that truncated domes are well seated in concrete. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 1610 - Page 16 of 22 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 3.11 CURING OF ALL CONCRETE A. An airless spraying machine is required for curing all concrete. Airless sprayers may be used for small and irregular areas provided they have ability to mix curing compound in container and maintain open nozzles. B. Apply curing compound per the following: 1. Apply liquid curing compound in a fine spray to form a continuous, uniform film on horizontal surface and vertical edges of pavement, curbs, and back of curbs immediately after surface moisture has disappeared, but no later than 30 -min. after finishing. With approval of the Owner, timing of cure application may be adjusted due to varying weather conditions and concrete mix properties to ensure acceptable macro texture is achieved and bleed has evaporated. a. For general pavement, use MnDOT- approved 3754 AMS white pigment liquid curing compound for general paving. b. Apply curing compound to all concrete surfaces at an application rate of 150- sq.ft.lgal. Apply homogeneously to provide a uniform solid coverage on all exposed concrete surfaces (equal to a white sheet of typing paper when using pigmented curing compound). Some MnDOT- approved curing compounds may have a base color (i.e., yellow) that cannot comply with above requirement. In this case, provide a uniform solid opaque consistency meeting intent of above requirement. 2. Ensure liquid curing materials are well agitated in supply drum or tank immediately before transfer to sprayer. Keep curing materials well agitated during application. 3. If forms are used, apply to pavement edges and back of curbs within 30 -min. after forms are removed. 4. If curing compound is damaged during curing period, immediately repair damaged area by respraying. 5. If the Owner determines that initial or corrective spraying may result in unsatisfactory curing, the Owner may require Contractor to use blanket curing method, at awn cost. 6. Failure to comply with these curing specifications shall be grounds for the Owner to reject affected concrete as defective Work according to Contract Documents. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTION (INCLUDE THESE PLANS IN CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL PLAN) A. Protection Against Rain: 1. Protect concrete from damage due to rain. Have available materials for protection of edges and surface of concrete. Should any damage result, suspend operations until corrective action is taken. B. Protection Against Cold Weather: 1. If National Weather Service forecast for construction area predicts air temperatures of 36 °F or less within next 24 -hr. and Contractor wishes to place concrete, submit a cold weather protection plan. 2. Protect concrete from damage including freezing due to cold weather. Should any damage result, suspend operations until corrective action is taken. 3. Cold Weather Protection Plan: a. Submit in writing to the Owner a proposed time schedule and plans for cold weather concrete protection that provide provisions for adequately protecting concrete during placement and curing. Do not place concrete until the Owner accepts cold weather protection plans. C. Protection Against Hot Weather: 1. Submit in writing to the Owner a proposed time schedule and plans for cold weather concrete protection that provide provisions for adequately protecting concrete during placement and curing. Do not place concrete until the Owner accepts cold weather protection plans. 3.13 USE OF PAVEMENT A. Opening Pavement to Vehicular Traffic: 1. Do not open a new pavement slab to general public vehicular traffic or operate paving or other heavy equipment on it until strength testing indicates that 80% of design strength has been obtained, as reviewed by the Owner. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 1610 - Page 17 of 22 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park 2. If pavement joints are widened, seal joints before operating paving or other heavy equipment and allowing general public vehicular traffic on pavement. 3. Cast compressive strength control specimens per ASTM C31, "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field." Cure control specimens in same manner and under same conditions as pavement represented. Coordinate testing of control specimens per "Minimum Concrete Testing Rates" table. 4. Perform operations on new pavement as reviewed by the Owner and per the following: a. When moving on and off pavement, construct a ramp to prevent damage to pavement slab. b. Operate paving equipment on protective mats to prevent damage to pavement surface and joints. Before placing protective mats, sweep pavement surface free of debris. c. Operate equipment on a slab without causing damage. If damage results, suspend operations and take corrective action as reviewed by the Owner. Do not operate equipment wheels or tracks within 4 -in. of slab edge. B. Opening of Sidewalks to Pedestrian Traffic: 1. Normal pedestrian foot traffic can walk on finished concrete as soon as practical without causing damage to fine broom finish. 2. Construction traffic shall not be allowed until strength testing indicates that 80% of design strength has been obtained, as reviewed by the Owner. C. Backfill Construction — Operating Vibratory Equipment: 1. Protect newly placed concrete from damage by adjacent vibratory or backfilling operations for a minimum of 24 -hr. 2. Do not perform vibratory operations and backfilling until 72 -hr. after placing concrete or after concrete reaches a compressive strength of at least 3000 -psi. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate for Owner's representative to perform Field Quality Assurance testing per the following: 1. Any persons performing field testing of plastic concrete shall carry either a current MnDOT or ACI Concrete Field 1 concrete testing certification. 2. Concrete pours of less than 5- cu.yd. need not be tested with the Owner's prior approval. 3. Conduct Air Content testing per ASTM C231 on first load each day per mix, then 1 test per 100 - cu.yd. 4. Conduct Air Content testing of mainline pavement per ASTM C231 once per day in front of and behind paver to identify air loss through paver. A test result between 5% and 8.5% behind paver will be considered compliant. Make immediate adjustment to mix production and placement process when testing indicates air content is outside of allowable tolerance. Test each subsequent load until air content is within tolerance for two consecutive loads. Incorporated non - complying concrete that is out of tolerance shall be considered defective Work according to Contract Documents, and will be evaluated by the Owner for either removal or price adjustment. 5. Conduct Slump testing per ASTM C143 on first load each day per mix, then 1 test per 100 - cu.yd. Slump test shall not be required for slipform placement. 6. Conduct Temperature testing per ASTM C1064 for each time air content, slump, or strength test specimen is performed /fabricated. 7. Fabricate 1 set of 4 cylinders (4 -in. x 8 -in., unless aggregate size requires larger specimens) from first load each day per mix, then 1 set per 100 - cu.yd., and record air content, slump, and temperature of each set. Fabricate cylinders and provide moist curing environment for initial and final curing of cylinders per ASTM C31. 8. Additional cylinders shall be cured and tested per ASTM C31 and ASTM C39 to determine strength results for opening pavement prior to 7 -days when requested by and at expense of Contractor. 9. Record results of each field test on Certificate of Compliance ticket. B. If any field test of plastic concrete fails, reject concrete, or if producer makes adjustments to load to meet requirements, record adjustments on certificate of compliance, and retest load and record adjusted test results. Make sure load is tested before it is incorporated into Work. C. Compressive Strength Testing and Acceptance: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 18 of 22 D E. 1. Owner's independent testing agency shall test 1 cylinder per set at 7 -days for information, and remaining 3 cylinders at 28 -days for acceptance per ASTM C39. 2. An acceptance strength test is defined as average (28 -day) strength of three (3) cylinders fabricated from a single sample of concrete and cured per ASTM C31. 3. Concrete is considered acceptable provided strength test meets or exceeds specified value. 4. If strength test falls below specified value, Contractor shall have independent third party core and load test concrete in question per ASTM C42 within 14 calendar days of written notice at no expense to Owner. 5. If Independent Third Party confirms that concrete in question has a strength out of tolerance, it shall be considered defective Work according to Contract Documents, and will be evaluated by the Owner for either removal or price adjustment. Straightedge Evaluation Testing and Acceptance: 1. Acceptance of all exterior concrete flatwork is governed by straightedge evaluation unless a specific bid item is provided for Areas of Localized Roughness evaluation. 2. Variations less than or equal to 1 /4 -in. within span of a 10 -ft. straightedge in longitudinal or transverse direction shall be accepted. 3. Variations greater than 1 14 -in. within span of a 10 -ft. straightedge in longitudinal or transverse direction shall be considered defective Work according to Contract Documents. Correct surface deviations greater than 1 /4 -in. using the Owner approved method. a. Removal and replacement of defective Work to nearest joint shall be acceptable. b. Surface correction using diamond - grinding device consisting of multiple diamond blades shall be acceptable. c. Filling of depressions and sags with grout or epoxy materials shall not be considered an approved method. 4. Variations less than or equal to 1 /4 -in. within span of a 10 -ft. straightedge in longitudinal or transverse direction of corrected Work shall be accepted. Mainline Pavement Thickness Testing and Acceptance: 1. Thickness requirements: Provide pavement with a finished pavement thickness as indicated on Drawings or as modified, in writing, by the Owner. 2. Procedure: Construct pavement to thickness indicated on Drawings. On each project and on each pavement, evaluate pavement thickness per the following- a. Plan thickness lot (PTL) is defined as concrete pavement of same thickness added together lineally. Establish a separate PTL for each concrete plan thickness on project. A sublot is defined as rate at which an individual measurement is taken over a given length. A sublot is considered as one lane wide, measured per the following: 1) From pavement edge to adjacent longitudinal joint, 2) From one longitudinal joint to next, or 3) In absence of a longitudinal joint, between pavement edges. b. The Owner shall divide PTL into sublots of 500 lineal lane feet to determine QCP locations. The Owner shall add partial sublots less than 500 -ft. to previous lot. The Owner shall consider partial sublots equal to or greater than 500 lineal lane feet as individual sublots. If PTL for entire project is less than 500 lineal lane feet, the Owner shall consider PTL as an individual sublot. The Owner shall identify QCP thickness measurement locations per the following: 1) Determine longitudinal locations using random numbers multiplied by length of sublot. 2) Determine transverse offset locations using a random number multiplied by width of traffic lane, ramp, or loop at determined longitudinal location. 3) Adjust location to ensure Contractor takes no measurements within 1 -ft. of pavement edge and takes no measurements within 2 -ft. of any transverse or longitudinal joint or other obstructions. c. Contractor QCP Probing Equipment and Probing Method: Provide the following equipment as approved by the Owner to perform QCP probing: 1) Probing rod meeting the following characteristics and requirements: (a) Non - flexing, (b) Length capable of completely penetrating pavement for measuring, (c) Utilizes a circular or square top plate, Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 19 of 22 (d) Contains a centrally located hole in top plate with a diameter allowing for easy maneuvering along length of probing rod, and (e) Fitted with a locking device fixing angle between top plate and probing rod at 90- degrees when locked. 2) Work bridge meeting the following characteristics and requirements: (a) Spans full width of freshly laid concrete, (b) Supports a person, and (c) Height above concrete allows for use of probing device. 3) Tape measure accurate to nearest 1 /8 -in. and with a length capable of measuring depth of penetration of probing device into plastic concrete pavement. d. Contractor Quality Control Probing (QCP): 1) Measure pavement thickness of freshly finished concrete pavement at a rate of 1 per 500 lineal ft. per lane of pavement. 2) Place base plates at randomly selected locations and anchor plates to prevent movement during concrete placement. Mark locations of base plates to ensure ease of locating plates after paver has passed, 3) Position bridge at selected locations to reach and locate each point, 4) Assemble probing device. Keeping probing rod perpendicular to pavement surface, insert rod into plastic concrete until rod strikes base plate, 5) Slide top plate down probing rod until it contacts pavement surface, then lock to probing rod, 6) Withdraw probing device, and 7) Measure length of probing rod inserted into plastic concrete from underside of top plate to end of probing rod. Record this measurement to nearest 1 /8 -in. 8) Provide daily summary reports listing results of day's QCP thickness measurements and additional probing results to the Owner e. Non - Conforming Thickness: 1) Acceptance of pavement thickness for deficient thickness will be based on QCP measurements. 2) Tolerance limit for pavement thickness is defined as plan thickness lot (PTL) minus 1 /2 -in. If QCP measurement indicates a thickness deficiency greater than PTL minus 1 /2 -in., take additional probings at location of deficient QCP. If any QCP reading indicates a thickness deficiency greater than PTL minus 1 /2 -in., consider pavement defective and take exploratory QCP measurements to isolate defective area. 3) Defective pavement area is defined as entire area surrounding deficient QCP reading within a traffic lane and between acceptable QCP readings. Pavement is considered acceptable in remaining areas as increment where probing indicates a thickness deficiency no greater than PTL minus 1 /2 -in. 4) For QCP readings indicating a pavement thickness greater than PTL minus 1 /2 -in. to 1 -in., Contractor may leave pavement in place with a monetary deduction of $20 /sq.yd. for defective pavement area, as approved by the Owner. 5) For readings indicating a pavement thickness greater than PTL minus 1 -in., the Owner will determine whether Contractor will remove and replace concrete pavement or leave pavement in place at no cost to Owner and apply a monetary deduction of $20 /sq.yd. for defective pavement area. 6) The Owner will consider pavement thickness as conforming provided deficiency of final average PTL does not exceed PTL minus 0.10 -in. If final average PTL is deficient by more than PTL minus 0.10 -in., Owner will pay for pavement in PTL at contract unit price less monetary deductions per "Deductions for Concrete Pavement Thickness Deficiencies" Table below, excluding areas of defective pavement: 3.15 WARRANTY A. Perform necessary repairs during warranty period indicated in Contract Documents for defects in concrete and workmanship including but not be limited to the following: 1. Cracking 2. Pop -outs: Aggregate pop -outs exceeding 7 occurrences per square yard shall be considered excessive. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 20 of 22 Spalling Improper Joint Placement Settlement Noncompliant pedestrian facility construction. B. Repair of defects shall include full panel removal and replacement. C. Routing and sealing is not acceptable to correct cracking. D. Surface treatments are not acceptable to correct spalling and pop outs. E. Mud jacking is not acceptable to correct settlement or pedestrian facility noncompliance. F. Grinding is not acceptable to correct surface defects or pedestrian facility noncompliance. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 21 of 22 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1610 - Page 22 of 22 SECTION 32 1723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to pavement marking as indicated in Contract Documents, including pavement messages, linear pavement markings, and crosswalk block markings. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Pavement Messages: Word and symbol pavement markings of various color and design at locations indicated on Drawings including those that are not line segments, crosswalk blocks, or curb markings. B. Linear Pavement Markings: Line segment markings at locations indicated on Drawings of various colors and widths including lane lines, center lines, no passing zone lines, edge lines, airplane markings, stop lines, and parking stall lines. Pavement messages, crosswalk blocks, and curb markings are not considered as linear pavement markings. C. Crosswalk Block Markings: Block markings at locations indicated on Drawings and installed parallel to direction of travel for width of roadway and in a pattern that is transverse to direction of travel. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2102 - Pavement Marking Removal; 2014. B. MnDOT Specification Section 2582 - Permanent Pavement Markings; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work specified and with minimum 3 years of experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pavement marking material in containers of at least 5 -gal. (18 L) accompanied by batch certificate marked with manufacturer's name, product identification number, lot or batch number, date of manufacture, color, and net weight of contents. B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. C. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials, per requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. B. Apply pavement markings on clean dry surfaces only, and at minimum ambient or surface temperature of 50° F, and not exceeding 95° F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials shall be free of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, and other toxic heavy metals as defined by the EPA and Federal Clean Air Standards. 2. Materials shall be designed for application on concrete and bituminous pavement. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1723 - Page 1 of 4 3. Qualified materials shall be on MnDOT's Approved /Qualified Products List, or approved equal. B. Epoxy Resin: MnDOT 3590. 1. Slow dry Type II epoxy resin traffic marking with maximum dry time of 45 -min., and composed only of epoxy resins, hardener, and pigment. 2. Color to be white or yellow meeting MnDOT standards for location indicated on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrate has been properly prepared. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Allow new pavement surfaces to cure for period of not less than 30 -days before application of marking materials, or per manufacturers specifications. B. Prepare surface using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving best result for substrate under Project conditions. C. Clean pavement surface thoroughly prior to installation. 1. Remove dust, dirt, and other granular surface deposits by sweeping, blowing with compressed air, rinsing with water, or combination of methods. 2. Remove existing pavement markings per MnDOT 2102 where new marking layout is to occur. 3. Remove rubber deposits, and other coatings adhering to pavement, by scraping, wire brushing, sandblasting, mechanical abrasion, or approved chemicals. 4. Remove oil or grease by scrubbing affected areas with several applications of trisodium phosphate solution or other approved detergent or degreaser, and rinsing thoroughly after each application; after cleaning, seal oil- soaked areas with cut shellac to prevent bleeding through new pavement marking. 5. When installing epoxy resin pavement markings on new portland cement concrete surfaces, sandblast area clean to remove surface treatments and /or laitance with low speed (less than 35 -mph) equipment of size and capacity necessary to provide not less than 150 -cfm (0.08 cu m per second) of air at pressure not less than 90 -psi (625 kPa) per nozzle used. D. Provide necessary warning and directional signs and devices as necessary to protect Work so that markings are not picked up by tires, smeared, tracked, damaged, or displaced. E. Place warning and directional signs and devices only where pavement marking Work is in progress, relocated as often as necessary, and remove at end of working day. F. Allow traffic to keep moving at all times and operate marking equipment in manner that will not make it necessary for traffic to cross uncured markings. G. Extent of pavement marking is indicated on Drawings. H. Establish survey control points to determine locations and dimensions of pavement markings, and accurately measure and chalkline location, direction, and length prior to marking installation. I. Control points for locating markings shall be verified by Architect/Engineer prior to pavement marking installation. J. Provide necessary templates to control pavement marking application by type and color at necessary intervals. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Begin pavement marking as soon as practicable after surface has been cleaned and dried. B. Do not apply pavement markings if surface is wet or rain is expected within 24 -hr. C. Apply per manufacturer's instructions using experienced technician that is thoroughly familiar with equipment, materials, and marking layouts. D. Comply with MN -MUTCD manual for details not shown. E. Apply markings in locations determined by measurement from survey control points; preserve control points until after markings have been accepted. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1723 - Page 2 of 4 F. Apply markings uniformly of color(s), lengths, and widths as indicated on Drawings true, sharp edges and ends. G. Parking Lot Striping: 1. Apply parking space lines, entrance and exit arrows, painted curbs, and other markings indicated on drawings. 2. Accessible parking stall dimensional markings and symbols shall be per all local, State, and Federal regulations, and as indicated on Drawings. 3. Lines shall be painted with mechanical striper capable of providing continuous painted lines 4 -in. in width with uniform straight edges. Parking lot stall marking lines shall be continuous and located as indicated on Drawings. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Pavement Markings: 1. Width: 1 /4 -in. under or over specified width provided variation is gradual and does not detract from general appearance. 2. Alignment: 1 -in. from control guide. 3. Length: a. Broken Line: 6 -in. under or over specified length provided variation is reasonably compensatory. b. Parking Stall: 3 -in. under or over specified length. 4. Wet Film Thickness: a. Epoxy Resin: 15 -mils minimum B. Establishment of tolerances shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility to comply as closely as practical with planned dimensions. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Application Inspection: Visually inspect entire application after thoroughly dry and touch up as required to meet specified requirements. 3.06 CURING, PROTECTION, AND REPLACEMENT A. Allow markings to cure at least minimum time specified by applicable standard and not less than that recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove and replace markings at own cost that are applied at less than minimum material rates; deviate from true alignment; exceed length and width tolerances; or show light spots, smears, or other deficiencies or irregularities. C. Remove markings in manner to avoid damage to surface to which marking was applied, using carefully controlled sand blasting, approved grinding equipment, or other approved method. 3.07 CLEANING A. Perform clean -up as necessary to eliminate any incorrectly installed pavement markings or spills using sand blasting, approved grinding equipment, or other methods approved by the Owner. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1723 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1723 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 32 1823.13 AGLIME ATHLETIC SURFACING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to construction of ball field infield and warning tracks and shotput vector surfacing as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certification: Certificate of compliance for all materials, supplies, and equipment provided. C. Product Data: Information on manufactured products indicating compliance with requirements of this Section. D. Lab Test Reports: As specified; include source of each material tested and date sampled. 1. Gradation Test Report 2. Aggregate Quality Test Report E. Samples: Submit two samples, approximately 1 -cu.ft. in size, illustrating gradation and blended physical characteristics. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Local aggregate source approved by Owner. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Local Ag Lime aggregate free of any stone over 1 /4 -in. in any dimension. B. Local Ag Lime aggregate without organic matter and meeting the following mechanical analysis: 1. Soil Classification Range: a. Sand (2.0 to 0.05 -mm) 50 % -70% b. Silt (0.05 to 0.002 -mm) 12 % -22% c. Clay (less than 0.002 -mm) 10 % -16% PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify gradients and elevations of subgrade, prior to placement of aggregate surfacing. B. Verify subgrade is dry and prepared per Section 31 2200 - Grading. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Ag Lime surfacing construction shall take place only after subgrade condition and grade has been approved by Owner B. Place Ag Lime aggregate surfacing to depths and in locations indicated on Drawings. C. Apply water to Ag Lime material during mixing and spreading operations so that at time of compaction moisture content is not less than 5% of dry weight. D. Fill to contours and elevations with unfrozen material. E. Compact Ag Lime Surfacing per MnDOT 2105 -Quality Compaction Method. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Dispose of waste and excess material offsite and under conditions that are in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations at own cost. B. Repair disturbed areas and compact to required density prior to subsequent Work. C. Protect installed Ag Lime aggregate from subsequent construction operations, traffic, and erosion. END OF SECTION Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 1823.13 - Page 1 of 2 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 1823.13 - Page 2 of 2 SECTION 32 3113 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to commercial /industrial and security chain link fence and gate construction as indicated in Contract Documents. 1. Black vinyl coated chain link fabric 2. Gates: swing, roller 3. Installation 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. B. Provide Work under unit price method per Proposal and the following: 1. Measure fence by length in linear feet (LF) for each fence height constructed. C. Furnishing and installing of specific items and /or performance of Work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. Costs shall be included in unit price bid for associated fence items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Constructing fence including posts, foundations, rails, tension wires, fabric, gates, accessories and attachments. 2. Excavating as required. 3. Protection of existing improvements and previously accepted in- process improvements from damage. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F552 Standard Terminology Relating to Chain Link Fencing B. ASTM F567 Standard Practice for Installation of Chain Link Fence C. ASTM F626 Specification for Fence Fittings D. ASTM F900 Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates E. ASTM F1664 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) and Other Conforming Organic Polymer- Coated Steel Tension Wire Used with Chain -Link Fence F. ASTM F1665 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) and Other Conforming Organic Polymer- Coated Steel Barbed Wire Used with Chain -Link Fence G. CLFMI CLF 2445 Product Manual; Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute. H. CLFMI WLG2445 Chain Link Fence Wind Load Guide for Selection of Line Post and Line Post Spacing 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certification: Certificate of compliance for all materials, supplies, and equipment provided. B. Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings, and hardware. C. Shop drawings: Site plan indicating layout of fence location with dimensions, location of gates and opening size, elevation of fence and gates, details of attachments and footings, post foundation dimensions, and schedule of components. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company operating in United States having U.S. manufacturing facility /facilities specializing in manufacturing chain link fence products with at least 5 years experience. B. Fence Contractor: Company with demonstrated successful experience installing similar projects and products per ASTM F567 and have at least 5 -yr. experience. C. Tolerances: Current published edition of ASTM specifications tolerances apply. ASTM specification tolerances supersede any conflicting tolerance. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 3113 - Page 1 of 4 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver products to site per contract requirements. B. Storage: Store and protect products off ground when required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Chain Link Fences and Gates: 1. Century Fence Company: www.centuryfence.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. a.The Owner approved current members of CLFMI only. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel Chain Link Fabric: 2 in. mesh, 6 or 9 gauge, 1 1/2 in. mesh, 9 gauge. See project details for locations. 1. Fabric coating: ASTM F668 polymer coated (Color: Black). 2. Height; As indicated on Drawings. 3. Selvage: B. Posts, Rails, and Frames: ASTM F1043 Group IA Heavy Industrial Fence Framework, Schedule 40 galvanized pipe per ASTM F1083, welded construction, minimum yield strength of 30 ksi (205 MPa). 1. Line Posts: 2.5 -in. (63.5 mm) diameter. 2. Corner and Terminal Posts: Per Drawings. 3. Gate Posts: Per Drawings 4. Top, Mid, and Bottom Rail: 1.5 -in. (38.1 mm) diameter, plain end, sleeve coupled. 5. Gate Frame: 1.5 -in. (38.1 mm) diameter for welded fabrication. C. Posts, Rails, and Frames: Polymer PVC Coating fused and adhered to exterior zinc coating shall have a minimum thickness of 10 -mills per ASTM F1043. Color to match fabric per ASTM F934. D. Accessories: 1. Tension Wire: single strand 7 -gauge marcelled wire complying with ASTM A824, with coating matching wire fabric. 2. Tie Wire: Aluminum alloy steel wire. 3. Tension and Brace Bands: Galvanized pressed steel complying with ASTM F626, minimum steel thickness of 12 gauge, minimum width of 314 in. and minimum zinc coating of 1.20- oz/sq.ft. 4. Terminal Post Caps, Line Post Loop Tops, Rail and Brace Ends, Boulevard Clamps, Rail Sleeves: Comply with ASTM F626, pressed steel galvanized after fabrication having a minimum zinc coating of 1.20 -oz /sq.ft. 5. Truss Rod Assembly: In compliance with ASTM F626, 3 /8 -in. diameter steel truss rod with a pressed steel tightener, minimum zinc coating of 1.2- oz /sq.ft., assembly capable of withstanding a tension of 2,000 -lb. 6. Tension Bars: In compliance with ASTM F626. Galvanized steel one -piece length 2 in. less than fabric height. Minimum zinc coating 1.2 -oz. /sq.ft. a. Bars for 2 -in. and 1 3 /4 -in. mesh shall have a minimum cross section of 3/16 in. by 3 /4 -in. 7. Tie wire and hog rings per ASTM F626. 8. Hardware for Single Swinging Gates: 180 - degree hinges, 2 for gates up to 6 -ft. high, 3 for taller gates; fork latch with gravity drop and padlock hasp; keeper to hold gate in fully open position. E. Concrete: Ready- mixed, complying with ASTM C94/C94M; normal Portland cement; 2,500 -psi strength at 28 -days. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install framework, fabric, accessories and gates per ASTM F567 and manufacturer's instructions. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 3113 - Page 2 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park B. Place fabric on outside of posts and rails. C. Set intermediate posts plumb, in concrete footings with top of footing 2 -in. above finish grade. Slope top of concrete for water runoff. D. Line Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567. E. Corner, Gate and Terminal Post Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: ASTM F567. F. Brace each gate and corner post to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail and diagonal truss rods. Install brace rail one bay from end and gate posts. G. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 6 -in. (150 mm) long rail sleeves. H. Install center brace rail on corner gate leaves. I. Do not stretch fabric until concrete foundation has cured 28 -days. J. Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 -ft. (30 m) maximum, whichever is less. K. Position bottom of fabric 2 -in. (50 mm) above finished grade. L. Fasten fabric to top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with tie wire at maximum 15 -in. (380 mm) on centers. M. Attach fabric to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. N. Install bottom tension wire stretched taut between terminal posts. O. Do not attach hinged side of gate to building wall; provide gate posts. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1 /4 -in. (6 mm) B. Maximum Offset From True Position: 1 -in. (25 mm) C. Components shall not infringe adjacent property lines. END OF SECTION 32 3113 Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 3113 - Page 3 of 4 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 3113 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 32 9219 TURF RESTORATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to turf restoration as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 2200 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2575 - Establishing Turf and Controlling Erosion; 2014. B. MnDOT Specification Section 3876 - Seed; 2014. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on the following: 1. Seed: a. Documentation indicating name and type of seed, percent germination, percent purity, and date of testing. b. Seed tags from bags used. 2. Mulch 3. Fertilizer 4. Rolled erosion control products and accessories C. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance instructions, cutting method and maximum grass height; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer; and watering recommendations. D. Maintenance Contract 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of seed mixture. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed: 1. Deliver in sealed containers. Opened or damaged packaging is not acceptable. 2. Containers shall indicate seed mixture percentages, percent germination, percent purity, date of production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging. 3. Protect from moisture, direct sunlight, rodents, and insects, and store at 50 °F and 50 percent humidity. B. Fertilizer: 1. Deliver in waterproof bags indicating weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Seed: 1. Seed Mixture: Seed shall be MnDOT seed mixture 25 -121 and comply with MnDOT 2575 and 3876. 2. All seed shall have been tested as specified within six months prior to date of seeding. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9219 - Page 1 of 4 B. Mulch: 1. Type 8 Banded Fiber Matrix Hydraulic Mulch, MnDOT 3884 C. Fertilizer: MnDOT 3881 D. Rolled Erosion Control Products: MnDOT 3885 1. Anchors: MnDOT Table 3885 -5 2. Erosion Control Blanket: MnDOT Table 3885 -2, Table 3885 -3, and Table 3885 -4. a. Category 3: Straw 2S or Wood Fiber 2S E. Herbicide: 1. Glyphosate, 4 -5 lb with activated ingredient Surfactant, 3 -4 quart/acre application rate F. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter that could inhibit vigorous growth of grass. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notify Owner of intended turf restoration time frames prior to commencing Work. B. Note: A variety of different seed mixtures, or a combination of seed and sod may be specified for use on this Project as indicated on Drawings. C. All disturbed areas shall be seeded as indicated on Drawings. D. Prepare subgrade and topsoil per MnDOT 2574.3.A and 2574.3.13, and Section 31 2200 - Grading, prior to turf establishment Work. E. Before beginning seed installation, the Contractor shall layout Native Seeding Zones using falgs spaced approximately 20 -feet apart. The Owner must approve of the layout before seed installation begins. 3.02 SEEDING A. Fertilizing: According to MnDOT 2574.3.D 1. Apply within 24 -hr. of topsoil tilling, but prior to roller compaction. 2. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed except when hydro seeding. 3. Rake lightly into upper 1/2-in. of topsoil prior to seeding. 4. All turf grass seed shall be applied with a Brillion slit seeder evenly in three intersecting directions (2 lbs. /1,000 SF in each direction for a total of 6 lbs. /1,000 SF) and shall be raked in lightly. B. Mulching: 1. Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched within 24 -hr. 2. Do not mulch with wind velocities greater than 15 mph. 3. Hydromulch: a. Application Rate: 2,100 -lb /acre using water to bale ratio recommended by manufacturer. b. Use hydromulcher capable of continuous agitation action to uniformly distribute slurry over seeded area. c. Prepare slurry mixture on Site by adding water, hydraulic mulch, and other required components to tank simultaneously so that slurry is a homogenous mix. d. After adding components to tank, agitate complete slurry for minimum of 3 -min. to allow uniform mixing. e. Use flood type nozzle in sweeping motion to form mat of uniform application at specified rate. f. Reapply slurry mixture at own cost to areas determined to be deficient by Owner. g. If hydromulch is utilized, take care to prevent any of the hydromulch from being sprayed onto any hardscape areas of the site (walks, buildings, equipment, etc.). Contractor shall clean hydromulch off all areas that are not intended to be sprayed. 4. Lightly roll seeded and mulched area to achieve even, uniform surface. 5. Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched, no longer than 24 -hour upon completion of the seeding and mulching operations. Saturate to 4- inches of the soil. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9219 - Page 2 of 4 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish maintenance at own cost. B. Turf Seed: (MnDOT Mixtures 21 -111 to 25 -151) 1. Maintain until all turf seed areas have uniform grass coverage with density of 70% of expected final growth density over entire turf seed area. Determination of percent coverage density shall be made by Owner. 2. Immediately reseed and mulch areas that show thin or bare spots, and continue maintenance until grass coverage density requirement is met. 3. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides per manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. 4. Mow grass at regular intervals as necessary to maintain at a maximum height of 3 -in. Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing. 5. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary. 6. Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming. 7. Contractor must request, in writing, for review and acceptance by the Engineer or Owner of specific areas. The maintenance period shall continue until written acceptance for a specific area has been issued by the Engineer or Owner. Review shall be in the form of an on -site meeting. Attendance by the General Contractor and the turf establishment contractor is required. Accceptance will not be issued without attendance by all required parties. 8. A warranty and maintainence period of one year shall be maintained. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean paved areas as necessary with pick -up power broom within 24 -hr. following completion of turf establishment Work. B. Wash or otherwise clean excess hydroseeding overspray from all areas not intended to receive turf establishment. C. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period as necessary. 3.05 RETAINAGE A. Owner will hold 5% of the seeding amount as retainage for all seeded areas until the seed establishes vigorous well rooted growth to the approval of the Owner. B. If the seed does not establish a vigorous growth to the satisfaction of the Owner, the Contractor is responsible for re- seeding and maintainance until establishment is deemed acceptable by the Owner as described in this section. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION 32 9219 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9219 - Page 3 of 4 Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9219 - Page 4 of 4 SECTION 32 9300 PLANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to plant establishment as indicated in Contract Documents. 1. Preparation of subsoil. 2. Topsoil bedding. 3. New trees, plants, and ground cover. 4. Relocated trees, plants, and ground cover. 5. Mulch and Fertilizer. 6. Maintenance. 7. Tree Pruning. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI /ANLA Z60.1 - American Standard for Nursery Stock; 2004. B. ANSI A300 Part 1 - American National Standard for Tree Care Operations -- Tree, Shrub and Other Woody Plant Maintenance -- Standard Practices; 2001. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Any plant life not specified or scheduled which include but are not limited to Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. B. Plants: Living trees, plants, and ground cover specified in this Section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Maintenance Data: Include cutting and trimming method; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer. C. Maintenance Contract. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Nursery Qualifications: Company specializing in growing and cultivating plants with ten years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing and planting plants with five years documented experience. C. Maintenance Services: Performed by installer. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. A. Names and Grades: Plant materials shall conform to the nomenclature of Standardized Plant Materials' as adopted by the Joint Committee of Horticulture Nomenclature, latest edition. Size and grading standards shall conform to the latest edition of 'American Standard for Nursery Stock' as published by the American Association of Nurseryman, Inc. No substitutions of size or grade shall be permitted without prior written authorization from the Landscape Architect. Each plant shall be identified with a legible waterproof tag securely fastened to each plant. Plant materials shall be certified by the Minnesota Department of Agriculture and described as being free of disease or hazardous insects in accordance with ANSI Z60.1. Refer also to the Inspection and Contract Administration Guidelines for MN /DOT Landscape Projects, April 1, 2002 edition for additional requirements. B. B. Health: All plants, including their roots, shall be free from disease, insects or other injurious qualities. All state, local and federal laws pertaining to the inspection, sale and shipment of plant materials shall be complied with. The trunk of the trees shall be sound with no large wounds. Small wounds shall have satisfactory callus roll formed or forming over them. Plants shall show good annual growth. Buds shall be plump and well filled for the species. Evergreen foliage shall Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9300 - Page 1 of 6 have good, intense color. Refer also to the Inspection and Contract Administration Guidelines for MN /DOT Landscape Projects, April 1, 2002 edition for additional requirements. C. C. Quality: All plants shall be true to type, have normal and well developed branch system, and have a vigorous and fibrous root system. All plants shall also be free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers and all forms of infestation. All new plants shall be nursery grown. All plants shall be grown in similar climatic conditions as that found in the metropolitan Minneapolis area. Refer also to the Inspection and Contract Administration Guidelines for MN /DOT Landscape Projects, April 1, 2002 edition for additional requirements. D. D. Measurement: Shall conform to those specified on the plant schedule. Oversized plants may be used upon written authorization from the Landscape Architect. Use of oversized plants will not increase contract price. The Landscape Architect shall make the final determination as to whether the plants meet the size requirements in accordance with the identified standards. Refer also to the Inspection and Contract Administration Guidelines for MN /DOT Landscape Projects, April 1, 2002 edition for additional requirements. E. E. Fertilizer and Herbicide: Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. Refer also to the Inspection and Contract Administration Guidelines for MN /DOT Landscape Projects, April 1, 2002 edition for additional requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of General Conditions. B. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags indicating weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. C. Protect and maintain plant life until planted. D. Deliver plant life materials immediately prior to placement. Keep plants moist. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install plant life when ambient temperatures may drop below 35° For rise above 90° F. B. Do not install plant life when wind velocity exceeds 30 mph. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of General Conditions. 1.10 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. A. General Inspection: The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering and installing plants that meet the conditions of these Specifications. All plant materials are subject to inspection by the Owner /Landscape Architect at any point up to and including Substantial Completion. Plant materials that are found to be substandard will be rejected during these inspections. Rejected plants shall be removed immediately from the premises. Plants that are found to be acceptable upon initial inspection are still subject to a final inspection. The Owner /Landscape Architect will establish an inspection schedule with the Contractor prior to commencing work to ensure that plant materials are meeting specification requirements. Refer also to the Inspection and Contract Administration Guidelines for MN /DOT Landscape Projects, April 1, 2002 edition for additional requirements. B. B. Final Inspection: After the Contractor has installed all plant materials and completed all other requirements of the Contract, the Owner /Landscape Architect will complete a final inspection of all plant materials, including those that have been previously inspected. Plant materials found to be substandard will be rejected during this inspection. Rejected plants shall be removed immediately from the premises. Replacement plants must be in place, inspected and accepted prior to Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion will not be issued, and warrantee period will not begin, until all plant materials are installed and accepted. 1.11 GUARANTEE PERIOD A. Guarantee Period: Will begin after the final inspection replacements are made and on the date when the Certificate of Substantial Completion is issued. The guarantee period starting date will be the same for all plant materials, irrespective of when individual plants may have been planted. The guarantee Period will last for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9300 - Page 2 of 6 B. Guarantee Period Inspection: At the beginning of each planting season, an inspection will be made by the Owner /Landscape Architect. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating inspections in a timely fashion within the planting seasons under the guarantee period. Failure to complete a plant inspection may result in an extension of the guarantee period by one planting season, at the discretion of the OWNER. Final inspection of all plant materials shall be prior to the end of the established guarantee period. C. Guarantee Period Replacements: Any tree, shrub or ground cover that is dead or not showing satisfactory growth (at the discretion of the Owner /Landscape Architect) shall be removed from the site and replaced with like material. Vandalism is not considered the Contractor's responsibility. However, if the OWNER removes a plant that has died prior to inspection (due to site safety /aesthetic concerns), the Contractor shall still be responsible for replacing it. D. Guarantee Period on Replacements: All plants replaced during the guarantee period shall be guaranteed until the end of the original guarantee period. 1.12 MAINTENANCE UNDER THE GUARANTEE PERIOD A. Maintenance under the Guarantee Period: The Contractor shall be responsible for all maintenance of the plant materials and planting beds during the guarantee period of 2 years as necessary to ensure healthy plant growth and clean orderly beds. B. Maintenance to include: 1. Weeding planting beds and tree pits. 2. Applying herbicides for weed control per manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from use of herbicides. 3. Remedy damage from use of insecticides. 4. Irrigating sufficient to saturate root system. 5. Pruning, including removal of dead or broken branches, and treatment of pruned areas or other wounds. 6. Disease and insect control. 7. Maintaining wrapping, guys, turnbuckles, and stakes. Adjust turnbuckles to keep guy wires tight. Repair or replace accessories when required. 8. Replacement of mulch. 1.13 PLANTING SEASON A. Spring Planting Season: Starts when the ground is workable until June 15th. B. Fall Planting Season: First frost until November 1 st. Evergreens should be planted from August 15th to Sept. 15th. C. Planting Outside Planting Seasons: At the discretion of the Owner /Landscape Architect, planting may be allowed outside the established planting seasons. The Contractor must submit a request in writing stating the reasons for the request and the implications of planting outside of the established season. 1.14 PAYMENT A. Partial Payment: Will be authorized for the specific plant materials that are installed and meet inspection criteria, (provided the area around the plants is clean and orderly). B. Final Payment: Will be authorized upon Substantial Completion, minus retainage, until the end of the guarantee period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER A. Trees: 1. Species and size as identified in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of work. 2. Caliper shall measure 6 -in. above root ball per ANSI z60 - American Standard for Nursery Stock 3. The roots of all plant materials shall be free of kinks, circling and girdling. Transport roots shall be symmetrical around the trunk /stem of the plant. B. Shrubs: Species and size as identified in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of work. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9300 - Page 3 of 6 C. Perennials: Species and size as identified in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of work. 2.02 SOIL - SALVAGE /NATIVE TOPSOIL 2.03 MULCH A. A. Mulch Material "A ": Hardwood species wood shredded, free of growth or germination inhibiting ingredients. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Landscape Edging: Heavy duty steel edging with 3/16" thickness and a minimum 3 -1/2" width with all necessary stakes and appurtenances for installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared subsoil and planters are ready to receive work. B. Saturate soil with water to test drainage. C. Verify that required underground utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. D. Locate all existing underground and overhead utilities. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSOIL A. Prepare subsoil to eliminate uneven areas. Maintain profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. B. Remove foreign materials, weeds and undesirable plants and their roots. Remove contaminated subsoil. C. Scarify subsoil to a depth of 3 -in. where plants are to be placed. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment, used for hauling and spreading topsoil, has compacted subsoil. D. Dig pits and beds 1.5 times larger than plant container or root ball. 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Spread topsoil to a depth of 12 -in. minimum in planting beds. B. Place topsoil during dry weather and on dry unfrozen subgrade. C. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non - organic material from topsoil while spreading. D. Grade topsoil to eliminate rough, low or soft areas, and to ensure positive drainage away from buildings and structures. E. Install topsoil into pits intended for plant root balls, to a minimum thickness of 6 -in. 3.04 FERTILIZING A. Apply fertilizer per manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply after initial raking of topsoil. C. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 -in. of topsoil. D. Lightly water to aid dissipation of fertilizer. 3.05 PLANTING A. Excavate planting pit a minimum of 1.5 times root ball diameter. Hand scarify pit bottom and sides. B. Place plants for best appearance for review and final orientation by Owner. C. Set plants vertical. D. Remove non - biodegradable root containers. E. Set plants in pits or beds, partly filled with prepared plant mix, at a minimum depth of 6 -in. under each plant. Remove burlap, ropes, and wires, from root ball. F. Place bare root plant materials so roots lie in a natural position. Backfill soil mixture in 6 -in. layers. Maintain plant life in vertical position. G. Saturate soil with water when pit or bed is half full of topsoil and again when full. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9300 - Page 4 of 6 H. Refer to details and notes on construction drawing sheet C5 -21. 3.06 MULCHING A. Trees and Shrubs: Hardwood mulch shall be placed in 3 -in. minimum depths at locations indicated on Drawings. B. Perennials and other Plant Stock: Hardwood mulch shall be placed in 3 -in. minimum depth. Do not cover plant crowns. 3.07 TREE PRUNING A. Perform pruning of trees as recommended in ANSI A300. B. Prune newly planted trees as required to remove only dead, broken, and split branches. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing per Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements. B. Plants will be rejected if a ball of earth surrounding roots has been disturbed or damaged prior to or during planting. 3.09 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plant life immediately after placement and until plants are well established and exhibit a vigorous growing condition. Continue maintenance until termination of warranty period. B. Irrigate sufficiently to saturate root system and prevent soil from drying out. C. Cultivate and weed plant beds and tree pits. D. Remove dead or broken branches and treat pruned areas or other wounds. E. Neatly trim plants where necessary. F. Immediately remove clippings after trimming. G. Water to prevent soil from drying out. H. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides per manufacturer's instructions. I. Control insect damage and disease. Apply pesticides per manufacturers instructions. J. Remedy damage from use of herbicides and pesticides. K. Replace mulch when deteriorated. L. Maintain plant life (all trees and shrubs) for one year after Date of Substantial Completion. 3.10 SCHEDULE - PLANT LIST A. Refer to plant list in plans. PART 4 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 4.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner's inspection. B. Provide submittal to Owner that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment after the guarantee period has been reached and the site and plant materials have been reviewed, inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents and is found to be acceptable by the Owner. Final application for payment shall identify the total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due, including retainage to be released. 4.02 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, from the site daily and dispose off -site. 4.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean site; remove debris from site, sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. Project No. 17 -20363 Section 32 9300 - Page 5 of 6 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 32 9300 - Page 6 of 6 SECTION 33 1118 WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to watermain Work as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CEAM Specification No. 2611 shall apply to construction of watermain and service laterals, except as modified herein. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certification: Certificate of compliance for all materials, supplies, and equipment provided. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on pipe, fittings, valves and accessories. D. Record Documents: Include location of piping, valves, connections, thrust restraints, and invert elevations. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. E. Bacteriological Report: 1. Date issued, project name, and testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 2. Time and date of water sample collection. 3. Name of person collecting samples. 4. Test locations. 5. Initial and 24 -hr. disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested. 6. Conform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. 7. Certification that water conforms, or fails to conform, to bacterial standards of State of Minnesota. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum 3 -yr. documented experience. B. Testing Firm: Company specializing in testing potable water systems, certified by governing authorities of State in which Project is located. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store fittings and appurtenances in shipping containers with labeling in place. B. Store pipe on a clean and stable surface. Ensure that pipe remains free of material and debris. C. Store and handle pipe and appurtenances as recommended by manufacturer to prevent scratching, cutting, or gouging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATE FOUNDATION, BEDDING, ENCASEMENT, AND BACKFILL A. As specified in Section 31 2317 - Trenching. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop boxes shall conform to AWWA C800. 2. Permanently and plainly mark fittings with name or trademark of manufacturer. 3. Threads for underground service line fittings: AWWA C800. 4. Pipe and fittings with lead content exceeding weighted average of 0.25% in wetted surface material, as established in Safe Drinking Water Act, Section 1417(d), shall be prohibited. B. Water Service Pipe: Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 1 of 8 1. 1 -in., 1 1 /2 -in., or 2 -in. inside diameters only. 2. Water service pipe of 3 /4 -in. and 1 1 /4 -in. inside diameter conforming to same requirements shall only be used for repairs to existing copper services of same size. 3. Copper Pipe: a. Design: ASTM B88, Type K, Soft Annealed Temper. b. Joints: Compression connection. 4. Polyethylene Pipe: a. Design: AWWA C901. b. Working Pressure: 250 -psi per ASTM D2737, DR 9. c. Joints: Compression connection. d. Tubing Size: CTS (copper tubing size) e. Color: Blue. f. Polyethylene Compound: PE4710 per ASTM D3350. g. Mark pipe per AWWA C901. Marking shall be legible and remain legible under normal handling and installation practices. 1) Indent marking may be utilized provided: (a) Marking does not reduce the wall thickness to less than minimum value for pipe or tubing (b) Marking does not reduce wall thickness to less than minimum value for pipe or tubing (c) Marks do not provide leakage channels when elastomeric gasket compression fittings are used to make joints. h. Manufacturer: 1) Blue Ultra, PE 4710, CTS, by Polyethylene Technology Inc. 2) Approved equal. C. Corporation Stop: 1. Ball style compression fitting. 2. AWWA standard threads on inlet side. 3. 300 -psi working pressure rating. 4. Use stainless steel insert stiffeners in all applications where polyethylene CTS tubing is used in conjunction with compression fittings. Provide solid, 304 tubular stainless steel stiffeners, dimpled and flanged to retain placement within service line. 5. Hydraulic seal provided with corporation stop shall be affected by compression of a beveled rubber gasket, which simultaneously activates a mechanical (stainless steel) restraint ring as compression nut is tightened. Stainless steel restraint ring, retained within rubber gasket and having rubber ends, shall fully engage tubing circumference with both edges of crescent shaped ring. 6. Compression nut shall have an integrally cast lug specifically designed for attaching tracer wire when using polyethylene pipe. Lug shall have 1/4-in. diameter tracer wire hole, parallel to service line. An additional hole with tap, placed perpendicular to tracer wire hole, will include a 5/16 -in. by 1 -in. long (18 threads per inch) silicon- bronze slotted hex screw to permanently secure tracer wire within tracer wire hole. 7. Plug style corporation stops are not authorized for use and do not meet 300 -psi working pressure rating. 8. Manufacturer: (for copper service lines) a. Mueller B- 25008N b. AY MacDonald 74701 BQ c. Ford F131 000-4-Q (1 -in.) d. Approved equal. 9. Manufacturer: (for polyethylene service lines) a. Mueller B- 25008N b. AY MacDonald 74701 BQA c. Ford FB1000 -4 -Q (1 -in.) d. Approved equal. D. Curb Stop: 1. Ball style compression fitting. 2. 300 -psi working pressure. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 2 of 8 3. Threaded to conform to Minneapolis Pattern. 4. AWWA standard threads on inlet and outlet side. 5. Use stainless steel insert stiffeners in all applications where polyethylene CTS tubing is used in conjunction with compression fittings. Provide solid, 304 tubular stainless steel stiffeners, dimpled and flanged to retain placement within service line. 6. Hydraulic seal provided with curb stop shall be affected by compression of a beveled rubber gasket, which simultaneously activates a mechanical (stainless steel) restraint ring as compression nut is tightened. Stainless steel restraint ring, retained within rubber gasket and having rubber ends, shall fully engage tubing circumference with both edges of crescent shaped ring. 7. Compression nut shall have an integrally cast lug specifically designed for attaching tracer wire when using polyethylene pipe. Lug shall have a 114-in. diameter tracer wire hole, parallel to service line. An additional hole with tap, placed perpendicular to tracer wire hole, will include a 5/16 -in. by 1 -in. long (18 threads per inch) silicon- bronze slotted hex screw to permanently secure tracer wire within tracer wire hole. 8. Manufacturer: (for copper service lines) a. Mueller B- 25155N b. AY MacDonald 761040 c. Ford B44 -444M -NLQ (1 -in.) or B44 -666M -NLQ (1 1 /2 -in.) d. Approved equal. 9. Manufacturer: (for polyethylene service lines) a. Mueller B- 25155N b. AY MacDonald 76104QA c. Ford B44 -444M -NLQ (1 -in.) or B44 -666M -NLQ (1 1 /2 -in.) d. Approved equal. E. Curb Stop Box: 1. AWWA C800. 2. Minneapolis thread pattern with 1 1 /2 -in. top section. 3. Supported by minimum 3/4 of its thread diameter on body of curb stop. 4. 8 -ft. long at full extension. 5. Manufacturer: (for copper service line) a. Mueller H -10302 b. AY MacDonald 5622 c. Ford EM2 -80 -67 d. Approved equal. 6. Manufacturer: (for polyethylene service line) a. Ford EM2- 80 -67 -TW b. Approved equal. F. Service Saddle: 1. Saddle type tap required on PVC and HDPE main line service connections. 2. Double bolt stainless steel type saddle with Nitrile (Buna N) rubber seal. 3. Manufacturer: a. Smith -Blair 372 b. Cascade CSC2 c. Ford FS313 d. PowerSeal3412AS e. Approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located. B. Verify built -in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into Work. C. Verify manufactured items delivered to Site are undamaged, stored properly, and ready for Work. D. Notify the Owner of damaged items for determination of acceptance or rejection. E. Promptly remove rejected materials from Site. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 3 of 8 3.02 TRENCHING A. See Section 31 2317 - Trenching for additional requirements. B. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive Work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. C. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of Work to elevations indicated. D. Install and operate dewatering system to maintain all trenches free of water wherever necessary. Assume responsibility for any damage to adjacent structures or buildings caused by dewatering operations. Make own subsurface investigations and determine what dewatering methods to utilize to prevent such damage. 3.03 WATERMAIN SHUT -OFF A. Provide Owner 24 -hr. advance notice as to what watermain is requested to be shut -off and when. B. Provide affected property owners 24 -hr. advance notice before water service interruption. C. Coordinate requirements for shutting off water system directly with Owner. D. Provide temporary water service to all affected property owners in advance of Work when duration of shut -off will exceed 4 -hr., and remove following completion of Work. Coordinate temporary water service Work directly with property owner. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION A. Protect existing inverts during Work and clean if debris enters watermain. B. Expose and verify location and elevation of existing water pipe prior to laying any pipe to or from connection point when connection to existing or proposed water pipe is made. If location or elevation of existing water pipe is substantially different than location or elevation indicated on Drawings, notify the Owner immediately, at which time the Owner may adjust proposed alignment or grades. Allow reasonable amount of time for the Owner to make assessment of conditions and determine alternate means of construction if necessary. As a minimum,the Owner shall be allowed one Working Day from time of notification to make assessment and determination of alternate Work without submittal of Change Proposal for adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. C. Provide suitable coupling type adaptor for connection of dissimilar materials or for repair of similar material. D. If an existing utility is indicated on Drawings and no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around utility is provided for Work, remove and restore, or protect utility incidental to Project. E. Handle all materials carefully to prevent damage to protective coatings and linings, preclude contamination of interior areas, and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. F. Repair /connect existing tile and storm sewer when encountered as directed by the Owner. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION - PIPE, FITTINGS, AND APPURTENANCES: A. Provide pipe, fittings, and appurtenances of size, type, and at location indicated on Drawings. B. Install per manufacturers' instructions and the following: C. All underground piping installed through proposed building areas or occupied by existing buildings shall comply with all appropriate provisions of State of Minnesota Plumbing Code, Minnesota Rules Chapter 4715.0500 and 4715.0510. D. Proceed with trench excavation and bedding preparations ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of units at prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. E. Establish elevations of piping to ensure not less than 7.5 -ft cover, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. F. Excavate trench for all pipe 6 -in. below pipe barrel to permit installation of granular bedding or foundation material. G. Bed pipe under ordinary trench conditions in compacted granular bedding from 6 -in. below bottom of pipe to spring line of pipe. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 4 of 8 H. Where trench foundation has been found to be unstable and not suitable for bedding by the Owner, install compacted foundation material from minimum of 6 -in. below pipe up to bottom of pipe, and place remaining required bedding material over foundation. If 6 -in. of foundation material proves insufficient, request use of additional foundation material from the Owner. No additional foundation material shall be used without prior approval of the Owner. I. When necessary, cut pipe ends square, ream pipe and tube ends to full pipe diameter, remove burrs. J. Remove foreign matter or dirt from inside of pipe and fittings before lowering into position in trench and keep clean throughout installation. K. Lower pipe into laying position with suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall pipe be dropped into trench. L. Prior to laying pipe, while suspended for lowering into trench, inspect pipe and appurtenances to detect damage or unsound conditions that may be cause for corrective action or rejection; notify the Owner of any defects. M. Immediately prior to laying pipe, inspect joint surfaces of pipe and fittings for presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and correct by cleaning, trimming or repair as necessary. N. Lay pipe with bell or grooved end upgrade starting from downstream end of installation unless otherwise allowed by the Owner. O. Mark spigot end of pipe as necessary to indicate point of complete closure. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, center spigot end in bell and force "home" bringing pipe to correct line and grade. P. Install pipe to indicated elevation to within tolerance of 0.1 -ft. Q. Route pipe in straight line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. R. Secure pipe in place in compacted granular encasement from spring line of pipe to 12 -in. above top of pipe. S. Comply with pipe manufacturer recommendations where deflection of joints is necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce required curvature, grade, or alignment, and shall not exceed that which will assure watertight joints. T. Provide approved mechanical joint restraint in conjunction with concrete thrust blocking as indicated on Drawings on all watermain fittings, and adjacent pipe joints up and down stream of fittings when determined necessary according to industry approved thrust restraint design principles. Thrust restraint design shall include minimum safety factor of 1.5 to 1, and consider pipe material and size, soil type, trench type, bury depth, test pressure, fitting type, and any other pertinent design data. U. Install access fittings to permit disinfection of water system as specified. V. Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends: 1. Provide and maintain temporary plug or cap for all pipe and fitting ends to be left open for future connection. a. Install prefabricated plug or cap for pipe sizes of 24 -in. or less made of same material as pipe, or approved alternate material, to make watertight seal as required for pipe joints. b. Install plug or cap for pipe sizes greater than 24 -in. constructed with 2 -in. timber planking securely fastened together. c. Adequately block plug or cap in place to prevent flooding of existing downstream water system. Place plug or cap at beginning of Project or at end of each working day. 2. Provide permanent watertight plug on open end of pipe to be abandoned in place. a. Construct permanent watertight plugs with mortar /grout with thickness of not less than 1 pipe diameter, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. W. Sewer and Water Separation: 1. Provide 18 -in. minimum separation measured vertically between gravity sewer and water pipes with preference that water crossing above gravity sewer when possible. a. Center length of water pipe at point of crossing, so that joints are equidistant and as far as possible from sewer. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 5 of 8 b. Adequately support sewer and water pipe crossing to prevent settling and deflection of joints. c. When conditions prevent vertical separation described, provide gravity sewer constructed to equivalent watermain standards for 10 -ft. on either side of crossing, and pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. Provide 10 -ft. minimum separation measured horizontally between gravity sewer and water pipes. a. When conditions prevent horizontal separation described, provide one of the following: 1) Place bottom of water pipe 18 -in. minimum above top of gravity sewer on undisturbed shelf; or 2) Provide gravity sewer constructed to equivalent watermain standards and pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. 3. Provide 10 -ft. minimum separation measured horizontally between sewer and water service pipes. a. When conditions prevent horizontal separation described, place bottom of water service pipe 12 -in. minimum above top of sewer service on undisturbed shelf 3.06 CONSTRUCTION - TRACER WIRE A. Tracer wire shall be provided along axis of all non conductive pipe in such a manner to allow proper access for connection of line tracing equipment, proper locating of wire without loss or deterioration of low frequency (512Hz) signal for distances in excess of 1,000 linear feet, and without distortion of signal caused by multiple wires being installed in close proximity to one another. B. Tracer wire system shall be installed as a single continuous wire, except where using approved connectors, and provide full tracing /locating capabilities from a single connection point. No looping or coiling of wire is permitted. C. All mainline tracer wires shall be interconnected at intersections, at mainline tees and mainline crosses. At tees, three wires shall be joined using a single 3 -way lockable connector. At crosses, four wires shall be joined using a 4 -way connector. Use of two 3 -way connectors with a short jumper wire between them is an acceptable alternative. Tracer wire shall be installed along bottom half of pipe and taped at 5 -ft. intervals. D. At all mainline dead -ends, tracer wire shall go to ground using an approved connection to a drive -in magnesium grounding anode rod, buried at same depth as tracer wire. E. Mainline tracer wire shall not be connected to existing conductive pipes. Treat as a mainline dead -end, ground using an approved waterproof connection to a grounding anode rod buried at same depth as tracer wire. F. All service lateral tracer wires shall be a single wire, connected to mainline tracer wire using a mainline to lateral lug connector, installed without cutting /splicing mainline tracer wire, and shall terminate at an approved tracer wire access box as specified. G. Where an existing tracer wire is encountered on an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, new tracer wire and existing tracer wire shall be connected using an approved splice connector, and shall be properly grounded at splice location as specified. H. Above - ground tracer wire access boxes shall be installed on all fire hydrants. I. All conductive and non - conductive service lines shall include tracer wire. J. Termination /Access: 1. A minimum of 2 -ft. of excess /slack wire is required in all tracer wire access boxes after meeting final elevation. 2. Grounding anode wire shall be connected to identified (or bottom) terminal on all access boxes. 3. Service Lateral locations on public property: a. Tracer wire shall terminate at an approved grade level /in- ground tracer wire access box, located at edge of road right -of -way, and out of roadway. 4. Service Lateral locations on private property: a. Tracer wire shall terminate at an approved above - ground tracer wire access box, affixed to building exterior directly above where utility enters building, at an elevation Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 6 of 8 not greater than 5 -ft. vertically above finished grade, or terminate at an approved grade level/in- ground tracer wire access box, located within 2 linear feet of building being served by utility. 5. Hydrant locations: a. Tracer wire shall terminate at an approved above - ground tracer wire access box, mechanically affixed to hydrant grade flange. (affixing with tape or plastic ties shall not be acceptable) 6. Long -run locations, in excess of 1,000 linear feet without service laterals or hydrants: a. Tracer wire access shall be provided utilizing an approved grade level /in- ground tracer wire access box, located at edge of road right -of -way, and out of roadway. Grade level /in- ground tracer wire access box shall be delineated using a minimum 48" polyethylene marker post, color coded per APWA standard for specific utility being marked. K. Grounding: 1. Shall be properly grounded with anode at all dead ends /stubs as a minimum. 2. Grounding anode shall be buried at same elevation as utility. 3. When grounding at dead ends /stubs, grounding anode shall be installed in a direction 180 - degrees opposite of tracer wire, and at maximum permissible distance. 4. When grounding tracer wire in areas where tracer wire is continuous and neither mainline tracer wire or grounding anode wire will be terminated at/above grade, install grounding anode directly beneath and in -line with tracer wire. Do not coil excess wire from grounding anode, but trim to an appropriate length before connecting to tracer wire with a mainline to lateral lug connector. 5. Where anode wire will be connected to a tracer wire access box, a minimum of 2 -ft. of excess /slack wire is required after meeting final elevation. L. Damage to tracer wire during installation shall be repaired immediately by removing damaged wire, and installing new wire with approved connectors. Taping and /or spray coating shall not be permitted. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate field quality control testing per the following: 1. Disinfect, Bacteriological Test, and Flush: a. Disinfect water system prior to being placed into service at minimum chlorine residual of 50 -ppm b. Provide and attach all equipment required to perform Work. c. Disinfection materials and procedures, and collection and testing of water samples shall be per AWWA C651 and Minnesota Department of Health. d. Schedule disinfecting activity to coordinate with start-up, testing, adjusting and balancing, demonstration procedures, including related systems. e. Maintain disinfectant in system for minimum 24 -hr. f. Flushing operations and form of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be subject to approval of the Owner. g. Flush, circulate, and clean until required cleanliness is achieved and check chlorine residual in pipe. Chlorine residual greater than found in surrounding water system shall be cause to continue flushing. h. After final flushing, coordinate and pay for water to be tested by testing firm for bacteriological quality and found to meet bacterial standards of state of Minnesota. i. Replace permanent system devices removed for disinfection, testing, and flushing. 2. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: a. Following installation of pipe, fittings, valves, and blocking, all newly -laid watermain, unless directed otherwise by the Owner, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of 150 -psi for a test duration of at 2 -hr. b. Watermain segments to be tested shall be filled with water and all air expelled at highest point. Required taps to expel air or to fill watermain shall be supplied and installed by Contractor and shall be 3 /4 -in. minimum and shall include an approved service saddle when required. c. Apply test apparatus at lowest elevation on test segment by means of a service tap, special tap, or hydrant. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 7 of 8 d. Test apparatus pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge with a dial registering from 0 to 200 -psi, and have a dial size of 4 1 /2 -in. with 1 -psi increments. e. Hydrostatic test pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of 2 -psi during last hour of 2 -hr. pressure test. f. Investigate cause of any failing test, make corrections, and retest until pressure drop requirement is met. g. Where connecting watermain to existing valves, hydrostatic pressure test valve prior to making connection. In event valve fails test, Owner shall pay to replace gate valve and box at unit price bid. Alternatively, valve may be replaced without testing prior to making connection at own cost. 3. Operational Test: a. Prior to final acceptance, and in presence of the Owner, operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. 4. Trench Compaction Testing: Per Section 31 2317 - Trenching. B. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect pipe and bedding cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 1118 - Page 8 of 8 SECTION 33 4112 STORM SEWER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work to provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or incidental to storm sewer and subdrain pipe and structure Work as indicated in Contract Documents and in accordance to the "City of Columbia Height's Standard Specifications for Sanitary & Storm Sewer Installation" 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. As indicated in Contract Documents and in accordance to the "City of Columbia Height's Standard Specifications for Sanitary & Storm Sewer Installation" 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. MnDOT Specification Section 2501 - Pipe Culverts; 2014. B. MnDOT Specification Section 2502 - Subsurface Drains; 2014. C. MnDOT Specification Section 2503 - Pipe Sewers; 2014. D. MnDOT Specification Section 2506 - Manholes and Catch Basins; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certification: Certificate of compliance for all materials, supplies, and equipment provided. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install Products specified. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on pipe and accessories. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate structure locations, elevations, pipe sizes, and location and elevations of penetrations. E. Record Documents: Include location of piping, connections, structures, cleanouts, and invert elevations. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company certified in manufacturing precast concrete products meeting MnDOT specifications. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum 3 -yr. documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store fittings and appurtenances in shipping containers with labeling in place. B. Store pipe on a clean and stable surface. Ensure that pipe remains free of material and debris. C. Store and handle pipe and appurtenances as recommended by manufacturer to prevent scratching, cutting, or gouging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. As indicated in Contract Documents and in accordance to the "City of Columbia Height's Standard Specifications for Sanitary & Storm Sewer Installation" 2.02 AREA INLET STRUCTURES: A. Inline Drain: Manufactured by Nyloplast, or approved equal. B. To be of size and type with casting indicated on Drawings, and suitable for connection to type of piping specified. 2.03 TRENCH DRAINS A. Aco Drain: Manufactured by Aco Polymer Products, or approved equal. Project No. 17 -20363 Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 4112 - Page 1 of 2 B. To be of size and type indicted on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. As indicated in Contract Documents and in accordance to the "City of Columbia Height's Standard Specifications for Sanitary & Storm Sewer Installation" 3.02 CONSTRUCTION - AREA INLET STRUCTURES: A. Provide area inlet structures installed per manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Drawings. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION - TRENCH DRAINS: A. Provide trench drains installed per manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Drawings. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect pipe and bedding cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. Project No. 17 -20363 END OF SECTION Columbia Heights, MN - Keyes Park Section 33 4112 - Page 2 of 2 Addendum No. 01 Date: I February 26, 2018 Project Name: City of Columbia Heights Keyes Park Site Improvements 1345 45 1/2 Street Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Project Number: 1 17 -20363 Bid Date: f 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, February 27, 2018 Arch itect /E ngi n eer: ISG 7900 International Drive, Suite 550 Minneapolis, MN 55425 The following items shall be appended to and become a part of the plans and specification for the above reference project and shall supersede any conflicting provisions of these documents. Clarifications 1. A warranty and maintenance period of one year shall be maintained as indicated in Specification Section 32 9219. The Contractor shall adjust the bid form to state one year maintenance and warranty in lieu of two year for the following bid items: A. Section 5 — Restoration: Bid Item No. 5.01 B. Alternate #1: Bid Item No. 1.8 C. Alternate #2: Bid Item No. 2.4 D. Alternate #10: Bid Item No. 10.13 2. Construction staking shall be incidental to each respective Alternate. The Contractor shall adjust unit prices to accommodate. Refer to Project Manual 1. Section 32 9219 —Turf Restoration. A. Paragraph 2.01, Part A I. Seed shall be MnDOT seed mixture 25 -151 in lieu of 25 -121. All other requirements pertaining to the seed mixture remain. Refer to Plan Sheets 1. None. ARCHITECTURE + ENGINEERING + ENVIRONMENTAL + PLANNING Approved Equals 1. None. Attachments 1. Current Plan Holders List End of Addendum No. 1 Page 2 of 2 www.is- grp.com 2/26/2018 QuestCDN: List Planholders Plan Holder Report as of 02/26/2018 02:46:06 PM CST I +S Group (ISG) - Minneapolis MN Keyes Park Site Improvements (eBidDoc #5528004) Contact: Amanda Prosser Phone: 952 426 0699 E -mail: 1m3n ltrosser,{t =arp.c Bid Date: 02/27/2018 02:00 PM CST Help Company Contact Designation Bus. Types Entry Date Doc Type Comments Odesa If Jim Janson 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE y Phone: 320- 250 -1287 'Fax: Prime Bidder 01/30/2018 Paper Sauk Rapids, MN 56379 (Email: JPJanson@Iive,com Minnesota Builders Exchange Tom Getzke 1123 Glenwood Ave (Phone: 612 -381 -2625 (Fax: Plan Room 131/31/2018 eBidDoc Minneapolis, MN 55405 (Email: addenda @mbex.org ,GL Contracting Inc, Dan Swanson 4300 Willow Drive Phone: 763-478-9529 Fax: 763 - 404 -2350 Prime Bidder 1)1/31/2018 eBidDoc Medina, MN 55340 Email: danswanson @Ql con tracting.coin Pember Companies, Inc. Glenda Huber 194449 469th Street Phone: 715- 235 -0316 Fax: 715 -235 -9006 (Prime Bidder 01/31/2018 eBidDoc (Menomonie, WT 54751 Email: ghuber()pembercompames.com Rachel Contracting Estimating 4125 Napier Court NE p Phone: 763 -424 -1500 Fax: 763 -424 -1501 (Prime Bidder 01/31/2018 +eBidDoc St. Michael, MN 55376 ;Email: estimating @rachelcontracting.com AAA Striping Service IDean Erickson 1222043rd St NE Phone 763-428-4322 (Fax: 763- 428 -8557 Subcontractor 01/31/2018 +eBidDoc St Michael, MN 55376 (Email: dean aaastriping.com Custom Builders Inc, Jeff Reiter 12383 234th St Phone: 320- 250 -0108 Fax: 320- 686 -2118 Prime Bidder 01/31/2018 eBidDoc 'Cold Spring, MN 56320 Email: jeft }ey.reiter «custombuildersmn.com Dodge Data & Analytics Melanie Yancey +1300 Beltway Place Phone: 8175278246 ;Suite 180 Fax: 8175278246 Plan Room 02/01/2018 eBidDoc Arlington, TX 76018 Email: dodge. docs(it)constructi on. com Meyer Contracting Inc Verlyn Schoep 11000 93rd Ave N Phone: 763 -391 -5959 Fax: 763 -391 -5960 Prime Bidder 02/01/2018 eBidDoc Maple Grove, MN 55369 Email: estimating meyerci com ConstructConnect Eric Mills 3825 Edwards Rd Phone: 800 - 364 -2059 Fax: 866 -570 -8187 Plan Room 02/01/2018 eBidDoc !Cincinnati, OH 45209 :Email: content @constructconnect com Blackstone Contractors LLC (Brooks Dusterhoeft '9520 County Road 19, Suite D Phone : 7632917728 (Suite D IFax: 7634452107 !Prime Bidder DBE 02!01/2018 eBidDoc Loretto, MN 55357 Email: brooks +<blackstonecon tractors] Ic .com (Peterson Companies Nate Schwaab 18326 Wyoming Trail y g Phone: 651- 257 -6864 Fax - 651- 257 -3393 (Prime Bidder 02/01/2018 eBidDoc iChisago City, MN 55013 Email: nschwaab @petersoncompanics net Bituminous Roadways Inc. .Steve Makela 1520 Commerce Drive Phone: 651 -686 -7001 Fax: 651 -687 -9857 Prime Bidder 02/01/2018 .eBidDoc Mendota Heights, MN 55120 Email: makelas@,bitroads.com Northdale Construction Company, Inc Phil Lesnar 9760 71 st Street NE Phone: 763 -428 -4868 Fax: 763 - 428 -4997 Prime Bidder 102/01/2018 eBidDoc Albertville, MN 55301 Email: northdalebids @northdaleconst,com Hardrives Inc, Plan Room 14475 uiram Drive Q Phone: 763 - 428 -8886 IFax:763- 428 -8868 Subcontractor 02/01/2018 eBidDoc Rogers, MN 55374 (Email: estimating@hardrivesinccom Mankato Builders Exchange ,Angela Alston 500 South Broad Street (Phone: 507- 387 -2002 ;Suite 100 IFax: 507- 387 -3001 Plan Room 02 /01/2018 eBidDoc IMankato, MN 56001 (Email: mbe @hickorytech.net North Valley, Inc. Us Bloom Prime Bidder 0210212 0 1 8 eBidDoc https : / /www.questcdn.com /questcdn /projects /planholderlplanholder _ list.html ?jobPK= 5528004 &printPrevievrTRU E 1 /3 2/26/2018 QuestCDN: List Planholders 30015 Iguana St. NW Phone: 763 -274 -2580 Ste 100 Fax_ 763 -274 -2584 Nowthen, MN 55330 Email. contacuiti ei uuitli4 allcti uu net Ferguson Water Works - Blaine D,vanna Peterson 1694 91 st Avenue NE Phone: 763 -560 -3200 Supplier 02/02/2018 eBidDoc Blaine, MN 55449 Fax 763- 560 -1799 Email blainc25I8.sales @ferguson corn 'Forest Lake Contracting, Inc. Trish Carlson 14777 Lake Drive Phone: 651 -464 -4500 (Prime Bidder 02/05/2018 eBidDoc (Forest Lake, MN 55025 Fax. 651 -464 -4722 Email. trish r?forestlakecontracting,com :Sunram Construction, Inc. Rvan Sunrom 2 0010 75th Ave. North Panne. 3- Prime Bidder SBE 02/05/2018 eBidDoc Corcoran, MN 55340 Fax: 763 49420-2140 4543951 Email: syanetsunramconstructioninc.com New Look Contracting, Inc NLCESTIMATiNG 14045 Northdale Blvd Phone: 763 - 241 -1596 Prime Bidder 02/05/2018 eBidDoc Rogers, MN 55374 Fax: 763 - 241 -9196 Email: jmitchc.11 rrnewlookcontracting,net Palmer Services LLc Daniel D. Palmer 9 120 schutte lane Phonc: nn Subcontractor 02/06/2018 eBidDoc Corcoran, MN 55340 Fax 763416 -4348 Email dpalmcr99@Dcenturylink net Landwehr Construction, Inc. Estimating 846 South 33rd Street Phone: 320 -252 -1494 PO Box 1086 Fax: 320 -252 -2380 Prime Bidder 02/06/2018 eBidDoc Saint Cloud, MN 56302 Email. Estinrating tt landwehrconstruction,com Diversified Paving Chad Kaysac� 6957 west Hwy 10 Phone: 763 -4_ 1-11_ry 0 ;Subcontractor WBE 02/06/2018 eBidDoc Ramsey, MN 55303 Fax 763.421 -4120 Email chadkCtidpipaving.com castle rock contracting Perry coffins po box 514 Phone: 612-867-9134 Fax 507- 663 -0257 Subcontractor 02/09/2018 eBidDoc castle rock, MN 55010 Email. perryacolhns�vyahoo.com castle rock contracting perry collies po box 514 Phone : 612-567-9134 Subcontractor 02/09/2018 eBidDoc castle rack, MN 55010 Fae: 507- 663 -0257 Email perr•acollmsCyNahoo.com icastle rock contracting perry collies po box 514 Phone. 612 -867 -9134 Subcontractor 02/09/2018 eBidDoc castle rock, MN 55010 1•ax. 307- 663 -0257 Enlail:lxrryacollinscr ahoo.coin Frattalone Companies Cory Van Engen 3205 Spruce Street ]'hone: 651- 484 -0448 Prime Bidder 02/09/2018 eBidDoc :St Paul, MN 55117 Fax 651- 484 -7839 Email. eoryv @i frattalonecompanies.corn The Blue Book Building & Construction Network Daedri Cavuoto X800 E, Main St Phone: 800 -431 -2584 Plan Room 02/09/2018 eBidDoc .Jefferson Valley, NY 10535 Fax: Email: dcavuotona,mail thebluebook coin IKillmer Electric Co,, Inc. Janet Heckman 5141 Lakeland Avenue North Phone:7634252527 :Subcontractor 02/12/2018 eBidDoc [Crystal, MN 55429 Fax' 763424f258 Email: jhcckntan@killmerelectric coin IFehn Companies, Inc. Scott 1. Lekatz 5050 Barthel Industrial Drive Phonc_ 703- 497 -2428 Prime Bidder 02/13/2018 eBidDoc Albertville, MN 55301 Fax 763 -497 -3893 Email: info ti71 fChneompanies.com (Park Construction Company Michact Christianson 1481 81st Avenue NE Phone: 763- 786 -9809 Fax. 763 -717 -6237 Subcontractor 02/16/2018 eBidDoc Minneapol is, MN 55432 Email estimating(�ilparkconstructionco .com_ lEbert Construction Brenda Schultz .23350 County Road 10 Phone. 763 - 498 -7844 Prime Bidder 02/16/2018 eBidDoc Corcoran, MN 55357 Far 763 - 49$-9951 Email: bschultvac ebcrtconst.com (Peterson Companies Luke Kowurschy 8326 Wyoming Trail Phone: 651.257 -6864 ]Prime Bidder 02/20/2018 •eBidDoc Chisago City, MN 55013 Fax 651 -257 -3393 Email Ikowarsch s +mpetersoncompanies.net Core and Main LP Charlie I lyde 16195 54th St NE Phonc: 763 -428 -7473 Supplier pp 02/20/2018 eBidDoc St. Michael, MN 55376 Fax 763 - 428 -7559 Email charles.hydcy coreandmain cam Dave Perkins Contracting Inc. Dave Perkins 5ubenniractor 02/2012018 eBidDoc 19745 NOWTHEN BLVD NW Phone: 763 - 427 -0109 https:l Avww. questcdn. comlquestcdntprojectslptanholder 1planholder list.html7jobPK =5528004 &pdntPrevie+nr —TRUE 2/3 2/28/2018 QuestCDN: List Planholders NOWTHEN. MN 55303 Fax 763- 427 -3806 Email_ DPerk1577Su aol.com Advanced Seeding & Erosion Control, Inc. Mike DeGross 2355 260th Street West Phone: 952- 758 -7741 Fax: 952- 758 -7746 Subcontractor 02/21/2018 eBidDoc New Prague, MN 56071 Email' advancedmikc@bevcomm.net Urban Companies Greg Urban 3781 labore rd Phone: 651 248 9830 Fax: 651 426 3554 Prim Bidder 02/22/2018 •eBidDoc st paul, MN 55110 Email: gurban 4)urbaneom pan iesusa corn Didion Contracting Inc Ralph Murphy 16670 franklin trail s e Phone: 952- 452 -6714 Fax: 952-440-1764 Subcontractor 02/23/2018 eBidDoc Prior Lake, MN 55372 Email. ralphmgmintegra.net, Sir Lines -A -Lot Dan Harvey 7175 Cahill Road Phone: 952 -913 -8382 Fax: 612- 926 -8201 Subcontractor 02/24/2018 eBidDoc Edina. MN 55439 Email salcstrr I inesalot, com Lino Lakes Landscaping Andv Houle 18400 Lexington Ave Phone: 651 -464 -6026 Fax: 651- 464 -6052 Subcontractor 02/26/2018 eBidDoc Wpoming, MN 55092 Email. aidvhoule'gmsn.eom Valley Paving, Inc VPI Estimating 8800 13th Avenue East Phone: 952 - 445 -8615 Fax - 952 -445 -0355 Subcontractor 02/26/2018 eBidDoc Shakopee. MN 55379 Email: estimating c �vallev'paving.com Flagship Recreation, Inc. Chad Simieh 275 E 4th St Phone: 612- 747 -6605 Suite 810 Fax Other 02/26/2018 eBidDoc 5t. Paul, MN 55101 1 Email: chad+u;tiagshippla y com https: //www.questcdn. com /questcdn /projects /planholder /planholder list.html ?jobPK= 5528004 &printPreview =TRUE 3/3 BID PROPOSAL FORM KOYot; Park SRO Improvement Project City of ColumWe Holghts Projectpleto ISG Project #17 -20363 City of Columbia Heights 637 36th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council: The undersigned, being familiar vnth local conditions effecting the cost of the Work and Wth the Contract Documents, including (bul not limited to] the Advertisement for Bids, Inslruclions to Waders, Propasai Form, General Conditions. Drawings. Specifications and Addenda, and in accordance with the provisions described within, hereby proposes to furnish ail labor, materials and equipment necessary to accomplish, perform and Complete all Work required for the Keyes Perk Sole Improvement pf*ct, as prepared by ISG 7600 InfemetfonaI Drive, Suile 550, Minneapolis, MN 55425. Project will be awarded based on the lowest sum of base bid PLUS any alternates chosen by owner to meet the project budget. DO Quinlit,06 L24L01 tf are for lh0. r ivonienca of the Bidder It shell be Vie Bidder's responsibility to verify all quantities to their own satisfaction. For complete information regarding these items refer to the Construction Drawings and Specificei,ons nF l- and: LS =Lump Sum, SF= Square Feet, SY= Square Yard, EA =Each, TN =Ton, LF= Lineal Feet, FF =Face Feet, CY =Cubic Yards (In Place Measure). 2 11 Furnish and Install Curb Stop, and all necessary appunenances required to =npWe this ilem as inA ded in the Inns ends ificatians... 1 EA .5-00 j�Ud 2.12 Furnish and Install 1" Carporallon Stop, and all necessary appurtenances required to eem lela this item sa khtluded in o. ntan. ands eC fimltanS 1 EA Q O U 2.13 Furnish and install Drinking Fountain including sub drainage system and all necessary appurtenances required to complete this item as included in the plans and specifications. 1 LS t' { ^6 0 2.14 ,Furnish and install Security Light - cornplele, including footings, conduit, andw6ing as per tans details and a ciflc8tksns 5 EA ty D �a SUo 2 15 Fum"all labor and materials to oomplete Electrical _+_ 2.15 as necessary for new / 1 LS / %OO v 0 No. Section 4 - Fencing + Misc. Signs 4.01 Fumish and install 8' High Vinyl- Coated Chaln -link Feneing System ccmpme, i,nelud i n.g cmncrele taolln sand all atlaehmanls lens daialls. and s eei%icatlons Fumhsh and install W Hlgh Vinyl-Coated Chain-link Fencing System with Ramovablo Post! 4.02 • ccrtaplste, including concrete footings and all attachments per plans, details, and cations 403 Furnish and install 20' High Vinyl- Coated Backstop Cheln -link Fencing System - complate, including concrete footings and all attachments per plans, details, and specifications 404 Fumnm and InMag Traffic sign —Stop' - complete as indicated on plans. delaits .and s ificattloOr. 4.05 Furnish and install Traffic sign -'No Parking' - complete as indicated on plans, delmis- and ifilplians- 4 06 Furnish and Install Traffic sign -'N.C. Parking' - complaie 89 indicated on plans, details, and No. Section 5 - Restoration 5.01 Fumen and inalIIll Sead 86 Indicated on plans, delaiS and specifications - c0frl l 0. InInC9 ding icon ear maintenance antl warrant 5.02 "mish and install Turf Reinforcement Heat - compiele as indicated an plans, details, and se2cificallons . 5.03 Furnish and install 5•gal Potted Plant - complete, as per plans, details and specifications. 5.04 Funrl and install 1 -gal Potted Plant- complete, as per plans, details and s _ peclficalions. 5.05 Fumish and install Shredded Hardwood Mulch to a 3 "depth - complete as indcated on plena datalls ends eerlicallons 5.06 Furnish and install Metal Edging - complete, as indicated on plans, details and specifications. Estimated Quantity Unit Unit Estlmstod in 130110ra 285 LF ,' 115 LF ! q 159 LF 5 2 EA 3 Da 1 EA 1 EA I 46_0 Estimated Unit Unit Estimated Quantl On Dollars 4.10 AC 21 SY 5 105 EA 40 EA 260 SY �` S 280 LF O T0ta1 Estlmatcd In Dollars 736 0 2'736S Ica L °►S[7ti N1 0e) 0 lbSOn ,-.99 A1) BASE BID TOTAL:} Tend of bass aid schedule (jS\ Estimated Unit Unit Estimated Total Estimated Quantity L (in Dollars) I tin Dollard and 7,400 SIF J'S� on site) 140 cy Q� 700 rckudiq 0.21 AC No. Alto mate 03.8 3 Add Alternate rr3: Furnish and hstatiSpactatar$ leacher - complete as in(Icated on plans, de'a615 ands ficalion9 4 Add Alternate 94: Furnish and inslaa P)ayar Bench complele as indicated on plans. details and specificalfDris. 5 Add Alternate 05: Fumish and halal! Bunch - cvmpWe as indicated on plans, details and a ` icationa. 6 Add Alternate NO: Furnish and install Trash and Recycling Rsc0ptaclo - Complete as Indicated on lens details and soecifirationn .. 7 Add Alternate M7: Famish and Install Bicycle RaCk • romplMa as indicated on plans, details and 1pearicatins, 8 Add Alternate ila: Famish and install Portable Restroom Enclosure complete IncLding all attachmenIs as Indicated en fans detalfs ands iffcatfons No. Alternate 09 - 9.1 Furnish and install 21 /2" cal. B&B Tree - complete, as per plans, details and specifications 9.2 Furnish and install 8'0&B True - complete, as per plans, delails and snrrr.I oAhnnn Estimated No. A] turn ato 02 Total Estimated 2.1 On -site Earthwork (Erosion control shall he considered Incidental) tin (Sollars) 2.2 Furn ish and place 5" thlck concrete Paving - cornpiate as Indicated on p EA � 1949 8 eCiiiealions. 4 2 3 Plage and cnmpacl Recycled Bituminous Base material provided 11y City 3 as indicated on oLans. details am SDecjjjc2ljQns OCi 2.4 F fj'sh and In Mail Sued as indicated on plans, details acrd specifications - ') j> �vD$ r aln n n a an warrant Estimated Unit Unit Estimated Total Estimated Quantity L (in Dollars) I tin Dollard and 7,400 SIF J'S� on site) 140 cy Q� 700 rckudiq 0.21 AC No. Alto mate 03.8 3 Add Alternate rr3: Furnish and hstatiSpactatar$ leacher - complete as in(Icated on plans, de'a615 ands ficalion9 4 Add Alternate 94: Furnish and inslaa P)ayar Bench complele as indicated on plans. details and specificalfDris. 5 Add Alternate 05: Fumish and halal! Bunch - cvmpWe as indicated on plans, details and a ` icationa. 6 Add Alternate NO: Furnish and install Trash and Recycling Rsc0ptaclo - Complete as Indicated on lens details and soecifirationn .. 7 Add Alternate M7: Famish and Install Bicycle RaCk • romplMa as indicated on plans, details and 1pearicatins, 8 Add Alternate ila: Famish and install Portable Restroom Enclosure complete IncLding all attachmenIs as Indicated en fans detalfs ands iffcatfons No. Alternate 09 - 9.1 Furnish and install 21 /2" cal. B&B Tree - complete, as per plans, details and specifications 9.2 Furnish and install 8'0&B True - complete, as per plans, delails and snrrr.I oAhnnn Estimated Unit Unit Estimated Total Estimated Quantity tin (Sollars) (tn DolIar5) 2 EA � 1949 3DDt? 4 EA 3 EA OCi �cU[7 4 EA �vD$ tl�Ta 1 EA t �s /� DO 7SbU Estimated Unit Unit Estimated Total Estimated Quantity (in Dollars) (in Dollars) 23 EA �qq 5 EA Total Bid (Bass Bid plus all alternate bid UNIT PRICES 41T PRICE #1: CLASS 5 or 7 AGGREGATE BASE: The following unit pnce is for any additional Class 5 or 7 Aggregate Base that may be necessary for this project should a City not provide the recycled bituminous base malarial or adi illonel material is needed. This price wilt be applied to all additional aggregate used on this project and refers the unit price for aggmgote base fumished, placed and compacted in accordance vnth the plans and specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The actual quantity will ry and may not be necessary S pea Cubic Yard (CY) of Class 5 or 7 Aggregate Base T PRICE #2: IMPORT AND PLACE COMMON BORROW: The following unit price Is for any additional Common Borrow that may be necessary for this project should the not provide the common borrow material or additional material Is needed. This price will be applied to all additional Common Borrow used an this project and refers to the price Common Sorrow to be placed and compacted in accordance with the plans and specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The actual quantity will vary and may be necessary, $ 1� Price per Cubic Yard (CY) of Common Borrow PRICE #3: TOPSOIL: The following unit price is far any additional Topsoil that may be necessary for this project for areas not shown on the plans that may need Onal topsoil This price will be applied to all additional topsoil used on this project. The actual quantity will vary and may not be necessary. S-2 1- -lance per (CY) of Topsoil. Bid Form No. Altemsto #10 Estimated Unit Unit Estimated Total Estimated 10.1 On- site €aRhwork Quantity (in Dollars) in Dollars 10.2 Removal end d!s sal of Concrete Curb and Gutter 150 119 CY LF �7 d v 10.3 Removal and disposal of Trees and Groundcover 1 LS ; t►c7 10.4 Removal and disposal of Bituminous Pavement Section 896 9Y 10.5 Ad ust Storm Structuro Casltn as indlcefed ort s 1 LS yriJ�? / Dv 10 6 Furnish and place Floavy.Duty Bltuminvme Pavement including Tack Coat - complete as Indicated on ptans, details and soecifications, 390 SY 1 6 10 7 Furnish and piece 5 "" thick Ccric rat s paving • cemplete as Indicated on plans, details, and s aciflCgtlona. 741 SF 10.8 Pam and compact Recycled Bituminous Base material provided by City (stockplied on site) as indtcaled on tans details and s f catlons 90 CYW 10.9 Fumish and place 8617 Curb end Gutter - camphle u indcated on plans, details„ and a clGceuona 296 LF 10.10 Furnish and place 16" wide Concrete valley Curb (Mountable) - complete as indicated on carts details ands Gficatlons. 119 LF o%� r-[` 10.11 Furnish and place Tactile Warning Strip . cvmpiele as indicated on plans, details. and s ifcattons 16 SF 1012 Inman salvaged Traffic sign - '-I.C. Parking' - Wmpiate as indicated on plans, details, and s cificallons 1 LS 300 10.13 Fu Ish and instelE 5oad as Indicated on plans, details and spacdicallons - complete, including r maintenance and warrant 0.17 AC 1014 Fumish and place Striping for parking lot stalls, access alsles, and h.c symbol - complele as f L4�L�d n rid iii re n 1 LS ,j` ZQ Total Bid (Bass Bid plus all alternate bid UNIT PRICES 41T PRICE #1: CLASS 5 or 7 AGGREGATE BASE: The following unit pnce is for any additional Class 5 or 7 Aggregate Base that may be necessary for this project should a City not provide the recycled bituminous base malarial or adi illonel material is needed. This price wilt be applied to all additional aggregate used on this project and refers the unit price for aggmgote base fumished, placed and compacted in accordance vnth the plans and specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The actual quantity will ry and may not be necessary S pea Cubic Yard (CY) of Class 5 or 7 Aggregate Base T PRICE #2: IMPORT AND PLACE COMMON BORROW: The following unit price Is for any additional Common Borrow that may be necessary for this project should the not provide the common borrow material or additional material Is needed. This price will be applied to all additional Common Borrow used an this project and refers to the price Common Sorrow to be placed and compacted in accordance with the plans and specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The actual quantity will vary and may be necessary, $ 1� Price per Cubic Yard (CY) of Common Borrow PRICE #3: TOPSOIL: The following unit price is far any additional Topsoil that may be necessary for this project for areas not shown on the plans that may need Onal topsoil This price will be applied to all additional topsoil used on this project. The actual quantity will vary and may not be necessary. S-2 1- -lance per (CY) of Topsoil. Bid Form Addends Numbers have been received and Incorporated into this Bid. A bid bond or certified check In me amount of ai least five percent (5 %) of the total estimated bid Is enclosed hereMth as a guarantee that If IhIa proposal is accepted, the bidder will enter into a contract and fuamsh an insurance certificate(s) within fen (10) days after the bidders proposal is aocspied, and It Is agreed that said bid bond or certified Check shall be Nquldated damages for biddar's refusal or Inabluty to contract and furnish board. If INS ,proposal is accepted, bidder agrees to commence work as soon as possible after acceptance and to complete all work on or before the completion dates stated below, subjoch Io the provisions of the conlrack documents. The work shall be completed as follows: All work shall be completed between April 16, 2018 and July 2, 2018. All work shall be substantially ccmpiefe on or before June 16, 2018. All work shall be 100% complete on or before July 2, 2018. The undersigned operates as a: Sole Owner: Partnership: Corporation: in the State of: Other (Specify): Legal Name and Address of Person(!). Firm or Corporation: Name: Address: " _ e tj e Signed: Signed: Federet Tax ID #: O-. Telephone #: D BID PROPOSAL CHECKLIST; 1. BID PROPOSAL FORM 3. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA 4.5% BID BOND OR CERTIFIED CHECK Title: Ce a Title: Date: Fax M,- /f-+ YES— NO YES ) NO YES Sc. NO VJC DC �. NOTICE OF AWARD Date of Issuance: March 26, 2018 Owner: City of Columbia Heights Owner's Contract No.: Engineer: Kevin Hansen Engineer's Project No.: Project: Keyes Park Site Improvements Contract Name: Keyes Park Site Improvements Bidder: Odesa II LLC Bidder's Address: 9003 Mayhew Lake Road NE, Sauk Rapids, MN 56379 TO BIDDER: You are notified that Owner has accepted your Bid dated February 27, 2018 for the above Contract, and that you are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for: Keyes Park Site Improvements including alternates 1, 3 -7, and 10 The Contract Price of the awarded Contract is: $490,821.50 [ 3 ] unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement accompany this Notice of Award, and one copy of the Contract Documents accompanies this Notice of Award, or has been transmitted or made available to Bidder electronically. ❑ a set of the Drawings will be delivered separately from the other Contract Documents. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 15 days of the date of this Notice of Award: 1. Deliver to Owner [ 3 ]counterparts of the Agreement, fully executed by Bidder. 2. Deliver with the executed Agreement(s) the Contract security [e.g., performance and payment bonds] and insurance documentation as specified in the Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions, Articles 2 and 6. 3. Other conditions precedent (if any): Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award, and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement, together with any additional copies of the Contract Documents as indicated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. Owner: City of Columbia Heights By: Kathy Youn Title: Assistant City Engineer Copy: Engineer Authorized Signature EJCDC C -510 (Rev. 1), Notice of Award. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1